1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 using namespace clang; 51 using namespace sema; 52 53 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 54 if (OwnedType) { 55 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 57 } 58 59 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 60 } 61 62 namespace { 63 64 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 65 public: 66 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 67 bool AllowTemplates=false) 68 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 69 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 70 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 71 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 72 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 73 } 74 75 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 76 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 77 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 78 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 79 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 80 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 81 } 82 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 83 } 84 85 private: 86 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 87 bool WantClassName; 88 bool AllowClassTemplates; 89 }; 90 91 } 92 93 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 94 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 95 switch (Kind) { 96 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 97 // token kind is a valid type specifier 98 case tok::kw_short: 99 case tok::kw_long: 100 case tok::kw___int64: 101 case tok::kw___int128: 102 case tok::kw_signed: 103 case tok::kw_unsigned: 104 case tok::kw_void: 105 case tok::kw_char: 106 case tok::kw_int: 107 case tok::kw_half: 108 case tok::kw_float: 109 case tok::kw_double: 110 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 111 case tok::kw_bool: 112 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 113 case tok::kw___auto_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 namespace { 132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 133 NotFound, 134 FoundNonType, 135 FoundType 136 }; 137 } // namespace 138 139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 140 /// dependent class. 141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 146 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 147 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 148 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 149 // Look for type decls in base classes. 150 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 152 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 153 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 154 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 155 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 156 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 157 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 158 // templates. 159 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 160 continue; 161 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 162 if (!TD) 163 continue; 164 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 165 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 166 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 167 continue; 168 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 169 } 170 if (BaseRD) { 171 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 172 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 173 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 174 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 175 } 176 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 177 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 178 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 179 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 181 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 182 break; 183 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 184 break; 185 } 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 190 return FoundTypeDecl; 191 } 192 193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 194 const IdentifierInfo &II, 195 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 196 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 197 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 198 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 200 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 201 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 DC = DC->getParent()) { 203 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 204 // templates. 205 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 206 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 207 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 210 return ParsedType(); 211 212 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 213 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 214 // lookup during template instantiation. 215 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 216 217 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 218 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 219 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 220 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 221 222 CXXScopeSpec SS; 223 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 224 225 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 226 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 227 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 228 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 229 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 230 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 231 } 232 233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 234 /// return the declaration of that type. 235 /// 236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 242 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 243 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 244 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 245 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 246 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 247 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 248 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 249 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 250 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 251 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 252 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 253 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 254 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 256 257 if (!LookupCtx) { 258 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 259 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 260 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 261 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 262 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 263 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 264 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 265 // 266 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 267 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 268 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 269 return ParsedType(); 270 271 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 272 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 273 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 274 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 275 276 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 277 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 278 II, NameLoc); 279 return ParsedType::make(T); 280 } 281 282 return ParsedType(); 283 } 284 285 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 286 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 287 return ParsedType(); 288 } 289 290 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 291 // lookup for class-names. 292 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 293 LookupOrdinaryName; 294 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 295 if (LookupCtx) { 296 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 297 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 298 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 299 // nested-name-specifier. 300 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 301 302 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 303 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 304 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 305 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 306 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 307 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 308 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 309 LookupName(Result, S); 310 } 311 } else { 312 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 313 LookupName(Result, S); 314 315 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 316 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 317 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 318 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 319 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 320 return TypeInBase; 321 } 322 } 323 324 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 325 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 326 case LookupResult::NotFound: 327 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 328 if (CorrectedII) { 329 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 330 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 331 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 332 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 333 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 334 TemplateTy Template; 335 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 336 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 337 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 338 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 339 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 340 if (SS && NNS) { 341 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 342 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 343 } 344 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 345 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 346 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 347 // is handled elsewhere). 348 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 349 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 350 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 351 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 352 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 353 IsCtorOrDtorName, 354 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 355 if (Ty) { 356 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 357 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 358 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 359 if (SS && NNS) 360 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 361 *CorrectedII = NewII; 362 return Ty; 363 } 364 } 365 } 366 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 367 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 368 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 369 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 370 return ParsedType(); 371 372 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 373 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 374 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 375 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 376 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 377 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 378 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 379 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 380 return ParsedType(); 381 } 382 383 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 384 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 385 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 386 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 387 if (!IIDecl || 388 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 389 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 390 IIDecl = *Res; 391 } 392 } 393 394 if (!IIDecl) { 395 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 396 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 397 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 398 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 399 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 400 // a type name. 401 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 402 return ParsedType(); 403 } 404 405 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 406 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 407 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 408 // perform the name lookup again. 409 break; 410 411 case LookupResult::Found: 412 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 413 break; 414 } 415 416 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 417 418 QualType T; 419 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 420 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 421 422 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 423 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 424 425 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 426 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 427 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 428 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 429 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 430 // Construct a type with type-source information. 431 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 432 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 433 434 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 435 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 436 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 437 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 438 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 439 } else { 440 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 441 } 442 } 443 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 444 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 445 if (!HasTrailingDot) 446 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 447 } 448 449 if (T.isNull()) { 450 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 451 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 452 return ParsedType(); 453 } 454 return ParsedType::make(T); 455 } 456 457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 458 static NestedNameSpecifier * 459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 460 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 461 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 462 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 463 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 464 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 465 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 467 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 468 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 469 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 470 } 471 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 472 } 473 474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 475 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 476 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 477 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 478 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 479 480 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 481 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 482 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 483 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 484 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 485 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 486 487 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 488 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 489 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 490 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 491 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 492 493 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 494 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 495 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 496 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 497 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 498 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 499 } 500 501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 507 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 508 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 509 LookupName(R, S, false); 510 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 511 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 512 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 514 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 515 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 516 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 517 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 518 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 519 } 520 } 521 522 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 523 } 524 525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 529 /// @code 530 /// template<class T> class A { 531 /// public: 532 /// typedef int TYPE; 533 /// }; 534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 535 /// public: 536 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 537 /// }; 538 /// @endcode 539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 540 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 541 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 542 return true; 543 544 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 545 546 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 547 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 548 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 549 return true; 550 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 551 } 552 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 553 } 554 555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 556 SourceLocation IILoc, 557 Scope *S, 558 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 559 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 560 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 561 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 562 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 563 564 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 565 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 566 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 567 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 568 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 569 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 570 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 571 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 572 // We corrected to a keyword. 573 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 574 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 575 } else { 576 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 577 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 578 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 579 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 580 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 581 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 582 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 583 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 584 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 585 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 586 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 587 } else { 588 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 589 } 590 591 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 592 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 593 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 594 SourceRange(IILoc)); 595 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 596 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 597 false, ParsedType(), 598 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 599 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 600 } 601 return; 602 } 603 604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 605 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 606 UnqualifiedId Name; 607 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 608 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 609 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 610 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 611 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 612 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 613 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 614 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 615 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 616 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 617 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 618 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 619 } 620 return; 621 } 622 } 623 624 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 625 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 626 627 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 628 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 629 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 630 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 631 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 632 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 633 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 634 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 635 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 636 637 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 638 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 639 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 641 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 642 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 643 } else { 644 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 645 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 646 } 647 } 648 649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 650 /// or 651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 652 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 653 NextToken.is(tok::less); 654 655 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 656 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 657 return true; 658 659 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 660 return true; 661 } 662 663 return false; 664 } 665 666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 667 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 668 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 669 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 671 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 672 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 673 StringRef FixItTagName; 674 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 675 case TTK_Class: 676 FixItTagName = "class "; 677 break; 678 679 case TTK_Enum: 680 FixItTagName = "enum "; 681 break; 682 683 case TTK_Struct: 684 FixItTagName = "struct "; 685 break; 686 687 case TTK_Interface: 688 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 689 break; 690 691 case TTK_Union: 692 FixItTagName = "union "; 693 break; 694 } 695 696 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 697 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 698 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 700 701 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 702 I != IEnd; ++I) 703 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 704 << Name << TagName; 705 706 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 707 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 708 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 709 return true; 710 } 711 712 return false; 713 } 714 715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 717 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 718 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 719 720 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 721 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 722 723 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 724 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 725 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 726 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 727 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 728 } 729 730 Sema::NameClassification 731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 732 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 733 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 734 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 735 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 736 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 737 738 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 739 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 740 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 741 } 742 743 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 744 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 745 746 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 747 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 748 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 749 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 750 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 751 return TypeInBase; 752 } 753 754 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 755 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 756 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 757 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 758 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 759 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 760 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 761 return E; 762 } 763 764 bool SecondTry = false; 765 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 766 767 Corrected: 768 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 769 case LookupResult::NotFound: 770 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 771 // call. 772 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 773 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 774 // FIXME: Reference? 775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 776 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 777 778 // C90 6.3.2.2: 779 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 780 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 781 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 782 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 783 // the function call, the declaration 784 // 785 // extern int identifier (); 786 // 787 // appeared. 788 // 789 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 790 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 791 Result.addDecl(D); 792 Result.resolveKind(); 793 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 794 } 795 } 796 797 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 798 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 799 // "struct", or "union". 800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 801 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 802 break; 803 } 804 805 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 806 // close to this name. 807 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 808 SecondTry = true; 809 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 810 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 811 &SS, std::move(CCC), 812 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 813 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 814 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 815 816 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 817 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 818 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr, S); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1085 Decl *D) { 1086 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1087 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1088 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1089 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1090 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1091 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1092 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1093 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1094 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1095 return Result; 1096 } 1097 1098 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1099 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1100 } 1101 1102 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1103 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1104 /// 1105 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1106 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1107 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1108 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1109 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1110 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1111 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1112 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1113 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1114 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1115 // namespace. 1116 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1117 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1118 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1119 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1120 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1121 1122 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1123 1124 #ifndef NDEBUG 1125 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1126 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1127 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1128 #endif 1129 1130 CurContext = DC; 1131 S->setEntity(DC); 1132 } 1133 1134 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1135 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1136 1137 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1138 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1139 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1140 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1141 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1142 1143 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1144 // disappear. 1145 } 1146 1147 1148 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1149 // We assume that the caller has already called 1150 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1151 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1152 if (!FD) 1153 return; 1154 1155 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1156 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1157 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1158 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1159 CurContext = FD; 1160 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1161 1162 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1163 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1164 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1165 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1166 S->AddDecl(Param); 1167 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1168 } 1169 } 1170 } 1171 1172 1173 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1174 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1175 // rather than the top-level class. 1176 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1177 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1178 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1179 } 1180 1181 1182 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1183 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1184 /// 1185 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1186 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1187 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1188 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1189 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1190 /// attribute. 1191 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1192 ASTContext &Context) { 1193 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1194 return true; 1195 1196 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1197 return true; 1198 1199 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1200 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1201 } 1202 1203 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1204 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1205 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1206 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1207 // scope. 1208 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1209 S = S->getParent(); 1210 1211 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1212 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1213 // into any context. 1214 if (AddToContext) 1215 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1216 1217 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1218 // are function-local declarations. 1219 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1220 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1221 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1222 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1223 return; 1224 1225 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1226 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1227 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1228 return; 1229 1230 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1231 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1232 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1233 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1234 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1235 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1236 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1237 1238 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1239 break; 1240 } 1241 } 1242 1243 S->AddDecl(D); 1244 1245 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1246 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1247 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1248 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1249 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1250 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1251 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1252 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1253 continue; 1254 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1255 break; 1256 } 1257 1258 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1259 } else { 1260 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1261 } 1262 } 1263 1264 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1265 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1266 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1267 } 1268 1269 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1270 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1271 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1272 } 1273 1274 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1275 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1276 do { 1277 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1278 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1279 return S; 1280 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1281 1282 return nullptr; 1283 } 1284 1285 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1286 DeclContext*, 1287 ASTContext&); 1288 1289 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1290 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1291 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1292 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1293 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1294 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1295 while (F.hasNext()) { 1296 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1297 1298 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1299 continue; 1300 1301 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1302 continue; 1303 1304 F.erase(); 1305 } 1306 1307 F.done(); 1308 } 1309 1310 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1311 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1312 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1313 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1314 } 1315 1316 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1317 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1318 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1319 while (F.hasNext()) 1320 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1321 F.erase(); 1322 1323 F.done(); 1324 } 1325 1326 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1327 /// @code 1328 /// class S { 1329 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1330 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1331 /// }; 1332 /// @endcode 1333 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1334 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1335 // the decl here. 1336 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1337 return false; 1338 1339 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1340 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1341 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1342 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1343 return false; 1344 } 1345 1346 // We need this to handle 1347 // 1348 // typedef struct { 1349 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1350 // } A; 1351 // 1352 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1353 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1354 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1355 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1356 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1357 // not. 1358 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1359 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1360 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1361 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1362 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1363 return true; 1364 } 1365 DC = DC->getParent(); 1366 } 1367 1368 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1369 } 1370 1371 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1372 // these semantics. 1373 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1374 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1375 return false; 1376 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1377 } 1378 1379 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1380 assert(D); 1381 1382 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1383 return false; 1384 1385 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1386 // of members of class templates. 1387 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1388 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1389 return false; 1390 1391 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1392 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1393 return false; 1394 1395 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1396 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1397 return false; 1398 } else { 1399 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1400 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1401 return false; 1402 } 1403 1404 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1405 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1406 return false; 1407 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1408 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1409 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1410 // like "inline".) 1411 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1412 return false; 1413 1414 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1415 return false; 1416 1417 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1418 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1419 return false; 1420 } else { 1421 return false; 1422 } 1423 1424 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1425 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1426 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1427 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1428 } 1429 1430 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1431 if (!D) 1432 return; 1433 1434 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1435 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1436 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1437 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1438 } 1439 1440 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1441 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1442 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1443 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1444 } 1445 1446 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1447 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1448 } 1449 1450 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1451 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1455 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1456 return false; 1457 1458 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1459 return true; 1460 1461 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1462 // functions. 1463 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1464 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1465 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1466 WithinFunction = 1467 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1468 if (!WithinFunction) 1469 return false; 1470 1471 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1472 return true; 1473 1474 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1475 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1476 return false; 1477 1478 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1479 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1480 1481 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1482 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1483 1484 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1485 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1486 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1487 return false; 1488 } 1489 1490 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1491 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1492 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1493 return false; 1494 1495 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1496 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1497 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1498 return false; 1499 1500 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1501 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1502 return false; 1503 1504 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1505 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1506 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1507 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1508 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1509 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1510 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1511 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1512 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1513 return false; 1514 } 1515 } 1516 } 1517 } 1518 1519 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1520 } 1521 1522 return true; 1523 } 1524 1525 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1526 FixItHint &Hint) { 1527 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1528 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1529 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1530 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1531 return; 1532 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1533 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1534 } 1535 return; 1536 } 1537 1538 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1539 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1540 return; 1541 1542 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1543 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1544 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1545 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1546 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1547 } 1548 } 1549 1550 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1551 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1552 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1553 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1554 return; 1555 1556 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1557 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1558 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1559 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1560 return; 1561 } 1562 1563 FixItHint Hint; 1564 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1565 1566 unsigned DiagID; 1567 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1568 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1569 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1570 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1571 else 1572 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1573 1574 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1575 } 1576 1577 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1578 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1579 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1580 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1581 // MS inline assembly label name. 1582 bool Diagnose = false; 1583 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1584 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1585 else 1586 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1587 if (Diagnose) 1588 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1589 } 1590 1591 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1592 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1593 1594 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1595 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1596 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1597 1598 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1599 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1600 1601 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1602 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1603 1604 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1605 1606 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1607 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1608 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1609 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1610 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1611 } 1612 1613 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1614 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1615 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1616 1617 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1618 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1619 } 1620 } 1621 1622 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1623 /// 1624 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1625 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1626 /// to the fixed name. 1627 /// 1628 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1629 /// 1630 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1631 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1632 /// 1633 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1634 /// class could not be found. 1635 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1636 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1637 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1638 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1639 // creation from this context. 1640 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1641 1642 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1643 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1644 // find an Objective-C class name. 1645 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1646 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1647 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1648 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1649 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1650 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1651 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1652 } 1653 } 1654 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1655 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1656 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1657 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1658 return Def; 1659 } 1660 1661 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1662 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1663 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1664 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1665 /// ill-formed in C++: 1666 /// @code 1667 /// struct S6 { 1668 /// enum { BAR } e; 1669 /// }; 1670 /// 1671 /// void test_S6() { 1672 /// struct S6 a; 1673 /// a.e = BAR; 1674 /// } 1675 /// @endcode 1676 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1677 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1678 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1679 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1680 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1681 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1682 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1683 /// contain non-field names. 1684 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1685 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1686 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1687 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1688 S = S->getParent(); 1689 return S; 1690 } 1691 1692 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1693 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1694 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1695 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1696 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1697 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1698 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1699 return; 1700 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1701 1702 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1703 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1704 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1705 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1706 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1707 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1708 } 1709 1710 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1711 switch (Error) { 1712 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1713 return ""; 1714 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1715 return "stdio.h"; 1716 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1717 return "setjmp.h"; 1718 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1719 return "ucontext.h"; 1720 } 1721 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1722 } 1723 1724 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1725 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1726 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1727 /// built-in. 1728 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1729 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1730 SourceLocation Loc) { 1731 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1732 1733 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1734 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1735 if (Error) { 1736 if (ForRedeclaration) 1737 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1738 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1739 return nullptr; 1740 } 1741 1742 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1743 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1744 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1745 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1746 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1747 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1748 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1749 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1750 } 1751 1752 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1754 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1755 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1756 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1757 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1758 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1759 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1760 } 1761 1762 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1763 Parent, 1764 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1765 SC_Extern, 1766 false, 1767 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1768 New->setImplicit(); 1769 1770 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1771 // FunctionDecl. 1772 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1773 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1774 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1775 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1776 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1777 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1778 SC_None, nullptr); 1779 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1780 Params.push_back(parm); 1781 } 1782 New->setParams(Params); 1783 } 1784 1785 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1786 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1787 1788 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1789 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1790 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1791 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1792 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1793 CurContext = Parent; 1794 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1795 CurContext = SavedContext; 1796 return New; 1797 } 1798 1799 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1800 /// entity if their types are the same. 1801 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1802 /// isSameEntity. 1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1804 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1805 LookupResult &Previous) { 1806 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1807 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1808 return; 1809 1810 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1811 if (Previous.empty()) 1812 return; 1813 1814 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1815 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1816 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1817 1818 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1819 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1820 continue; 1821 1822 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1823 // different linkages. 1824 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1825 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1826 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1827 continue; 1828 1829 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1830 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1831 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1832 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1833 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1834 continue; 1835 } 1836 1837 Filter.erase(); 1838 } 1839 1840 Filter.done(); 1841 } 1842 1843 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1844 QualType OldType; 1845 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1846 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1847 else 1848 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1849 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1850 1851 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1852 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1853 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1854 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1855 << Kind << NewType; 1856 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1858 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1859 return true; 1860 } 1861 1862 if (OldType != NewType && 1863 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1864 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1865 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1866 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1867 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1868 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1869 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1870 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1871 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1872 return true; 1873 } 1874 return false; 1875 } 1876 1877 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1878 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1879 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1880 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1881 /// 1882 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1883 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1884 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1885 // merging checks. 1886 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1887 1888 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1889 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1890 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1891 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1892 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1893 default: break; 1894 case 2: 1895 { 1896 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1897 break; 1898 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1899 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1900 break; 1901 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1902 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1903 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1904 break; 1905 } 1906 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1907 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1908 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1909 return; 1910 } 1911 case 5: 1912 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1913 break; 1914 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1915 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1916 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1917 return; 1918 case 3: 1919 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1920 break; 1921 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1922 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1923 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1924 return; 1925 } 1926 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1927 } 1928 1929 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1930 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1931 if (!Old) { 1932 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1933 << New->getDeclName(); 1934 1935 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1936 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1937 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1938 1939 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1940 } 1941 1942 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1943 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1944 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1945 1946 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1947 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1948 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1949 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1950 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1951 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1952 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1953 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1954 // instead of our tag. 1955 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1956 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1957 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1958 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1959 else 1960 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1961 1962 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1963 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1964 1965 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 1966 // out of the scope. 1967 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 1968 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 1969 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 1970 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 1971 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 1972 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 1973 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 1974 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 1975 } 1976 } 1977 } 1978 } 1979 1980 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1981 // with any extensions enabled. 1982 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1983 return; 1984 1985 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1986 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1987 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1988 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1989 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1990 } 1991 1992 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1993 return; 1994 1995 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1996 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1997 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1998 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1999 // to the type to which it already refers. 2000 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2001 return; 2002 2003 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2004 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2005 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2006 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2007 // 2008 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2009 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2010 // 2011 // struct S { 2012 // typedef struct A { } A; 2013 // }; 2014 // 2015 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2016 // allow the above but disallow 2017 // 2018 // struct S { 2019 // typedef int I; 2020 // typedef int I; 2021 // }; 2022 // 2023 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2024 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2025 return; 2026 2027 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2028 << New->getDeclName(); 2029 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2030 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2031 } 2032 2033 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2034 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2035 return; 2036 2037 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2038 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2039 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2040 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2041 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2042 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2043 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2044 return; 2045 2046 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2047 << New->getDeclName(); 2048 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2049 } 2050 2051 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2052 /// attribute. 2053 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2054 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2055 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2056 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2057 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2058 if (Ann) { 2059 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2060 return true; 2061 continue; 2062 } 2063 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2064 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2065 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2066 return true; 2067 } 2068 2069 return false; 2070 } 2071 2072 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2073 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2074 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2075 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2076 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2077 return true; 2078 } 2079 2080 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2081 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2082 /// 2083 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2084 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2085 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2086 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2087 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2088 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2089 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2090 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2091 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2092 // in a case like: 2093 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2094 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2095 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2096 // definition in such a case. 2097 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2098 return false; 2099 2100 if (I->isAlignas()) 2101 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2102 2103 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2104 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2105 OldAlign = Align; 2106 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2107 } 2108 } 2109 2110 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2111 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2112 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2113 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2114 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2115 return false; 2116 2117 if (I->isAlignas()) 2118 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2119 2120 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2121 if (Align > NewAlign) 2122 NewAlign = Align; 2123 } 2124 2125 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2126 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2127 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2128 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2129 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2130 2131 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2132 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2133 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2134 QualType Ty; 2135 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2136 Ty = VD->getType(); 2137 else 2138 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2139 2140 if (OldAlign == 0) 2141 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2142 if (NewAlign == 0) 2143 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2144 } 2145 2146 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2147 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2148 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2149 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2150 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2151 } 2152 } 2153 2154 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2155 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2156 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2157 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2158 // equivalent alignment. 2159 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2160 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2161 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2162 // have no alignment specifier. 2163 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2164 << OldAlignasAttr; 2165 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2166 << OldAlignasAttr; 2167 } 2168 2169 bool AnyAdded = false; 2170 2171 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2172 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2173 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2174 Clone->setInherited(true); 2175 New->addAttr(Clone); 2176 AnyAdded = true; 2177 } 2178 2179 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2180 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2181 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2182 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2183 Clone->setInherited(true); 2184 New->addAttr(Clone); 2185 AnyAdded = true; 2186 } 2187 2188 return AnyAdded; 2189 } 2190 2191 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2192 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2193 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2194 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2195 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2196 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2197 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2198 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2199 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2200 AA->getMessage(), AMK, 2201 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2202 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2203 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2204 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2205 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2206 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2207 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2208 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2209 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2210 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2211 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2212 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2213 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2214 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2215 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2216 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2217 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2218 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2219 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2220 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2221 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2222 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2223 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2224 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2225 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2226 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2227 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2228 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2229 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2230 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2231 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2232 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2233 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2234 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2235 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2236 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2237 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2238 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2239 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2240 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2241 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2242 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2243 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2244 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2245 NewAttr = nullptr; 2246 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2247 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2248 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2249 NewAttr = nullptr; 2250 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2251 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2252 2253 if (NewAttr) { 2254 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2255 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2256 return true; 2257 } 2258 2259 return false; 2260 } 2261 2262 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2263 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2264 return TD->getDefinition(); 2265 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2266 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2267 if (Def) 2268 return Def; 2269 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2270 } 2271 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2272 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2273 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2274 return Def; 2275 } 2276 return nullptr; 2277 } 2278 2279 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2280 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2281 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2282 return true; 2283 return false; 2284 } 2285 2286 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2287 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2288 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2289 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2290 return; 2291 2292 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2293 if (!Def || Def == New) 2294 return; 2295 2296 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2297 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2298 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2299 2300 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2301 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2302 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2303 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2304 2305 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2306 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2307 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2308 --E; 2309 continue; 2310 } 2311 } else { 2312 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2313 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2314 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2315 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2316 : diag::err_redefinition; 2317 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2318 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2319 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2320 } 2321 ++I; 2322 continue; 2323 } 2324 2325 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2326 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2327 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2328 ++I; 2329 continue; 2330 } 2331 } 2332 2333 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2334 ++I; 2335 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2336 } 2337 2338 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2339 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2340 ++I; 2341 continue; 2342 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2343 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2344 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2345 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2346 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2347 // equivalent alignment. 2348 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2349 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2350 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2351 // have no alignment specifier. 2352 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2353 << AA; 2354 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2355 << AA; 2356 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2357 --E; 2358 continue; 2359 } 2360 } 2361 2362 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2363 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2364 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2365 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2366 --E; 2367 } 2368 } 2369 2370 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2371 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2372 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2373 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2374 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2375 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2376 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2377 } 2378 2379 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2380 return; 2381 2382 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2383 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2384 2385 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2386 return; 2387 2388 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2389 2390 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2391 // we process them. 2392 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2393 2394 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2395 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2396 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2397 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2398 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2399 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2400 switch (AMK) { 2401 case AMK_None: 2402 continue; 2403 2404 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2405 case AMK_Override: 2406 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2407 LocalAMK = AMK; 2408 break; 2409 } 2410 } 2411 2412 // Already handled. 2413 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2414 continue; 2415 2416 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2417 foundAny = true; 2418 } 2419 2420 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2421 foundAny = true; 2422 2423 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2424 } 2425 2426 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2427 /// to the new one. 2428 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2429 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2430 Sema &S) { 2431 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2432 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2433 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2434 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2435 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2436 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2437 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2438 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2439 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2440 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2441 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2442 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2443 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2444 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2445 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2446 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2447 } 2448 2449 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2450 return; 2451 2452 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2453 2454 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2455 // done before we process them. 2456 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2457 2458 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2459 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2460 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2461 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2462 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2463 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2464 foundAny = true; 2465 } 2466 } 2467 2468 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2469 } 2470 2471 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2472 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2473 Sema &S) { 2474 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2475 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2476 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2477 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2478 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2479 *Newnullability, 2480 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2481 != 0)) 2482 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2483 *Oldnullability, 2484 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2485 != 0)); 2486 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2487 } 2488 } else { 2489 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2490 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2491 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2492 NewT, NewT); 2493 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2494 } 2495 } 2496 } 2497 2498 namespace { 2499 2500 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2501 /// C. 2502 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2503 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2504 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2505 QualType PromotedType; 2506 }; 2507 2508 } 2509 2510 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2511 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2512 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2513 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2514 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2515 2516 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2517 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2518 2519 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2520 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2521 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2522 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2523 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2524 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2525 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2526 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2527 } 2528 2529 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2530 } 2531 2532 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2533 // declaration, or a declaration. 2534 template <typename T> 2535 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2536 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2537 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2538 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2539 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2540 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2541 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2542 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2543 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2544 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2545 } else 2546 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2547 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2548 } 2549 2550 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2551 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2552 /// GNU89 mode. 2553 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2554 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2555 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2556 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2557 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2558 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2559 } 2560 2561 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2562 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2563 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2564 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2565 return AT; 2566 } 2567 2568 template <typename T> 2569 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2570 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2571 if (DC->isRecord()) 2572 return false; 2573 2574 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2575 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2576 return true; 2577 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2578 return true; 2579 return false; 2580 } 2581 2582 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2583 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2584 2585 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2586 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2587 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2588 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2589 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2590 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2591 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2592 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2593 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2594 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2595 // and function templates; or 2596 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2597 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2598 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2599 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2600 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2601 2602 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2603 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2604 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2605 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2606 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2607 2608 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2609 if (Old && 2610 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2611 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2612 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2613 Old = nullptr; 2614 2615 if (!Old) { 2616 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2617 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2618 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2619 return true; 2620 } 2621 return false; 2622 } 2623 2624 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2625 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2626 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2627 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2628 /// 2629 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2630 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2631 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2632 /// merged with. 2633 /// 2634 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2635 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2636 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2637 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2638 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2639 if (!Old) { 2640 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2641 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2642 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2643 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2644 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2645 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2646 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2647 return true; 2648 } 2649 2650 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2651 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2652 return true; 2653 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2654 } else { 2655 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2656 << New->getDeclName(); 2657 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2658 return true; 2659 } 2660 } 2661 2662 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2663 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2664 return true; 2665 2666 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2667 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2668 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2669 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2670 2671 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2672 // is an extern inline function. 2673 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2674 // storage classes. 2675 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2676 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2677 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2678 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2679 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2680 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2681 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2682 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2683 } else { 2684 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2685 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2686 return true; 2687 } 2688 } 2689 2690 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2691 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2692 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2693 << New->getDeclName(); 2694 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2695 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2696 } 2697 2698 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2699 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2700 // convention of the first. 2701 // 2702 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2703 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2704 // 2705 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2706 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2707 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2708 // 2709 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2710 // other tests to run. 2711 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2712 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2713 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2714 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2715 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2716 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2717 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2718 2719 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2720 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2721 const FunctionType *FT = 2722 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2723 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2724 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2725 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2726 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2727 // there but not here. 2728 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2729 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2730 } else { 2731 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2732 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2733 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2734 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2735 << !FirstCCExplicit 2736 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2737 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2738 2739 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2740 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2741 return true; 2742 } 2743 } 2744 2745 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2746 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2747 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2748 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2749 } 2750 2751 // Merge regparm attribute. 2752 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2753 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2754 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2755 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2756 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2757 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2758 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2759 return true; 2760 } 2761 2762 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2763 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2764 } 2765 2766 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2767 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2768 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2769 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2770 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2771 return true; 2772 } 2773 2774 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2775 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2776 } 2777 2778 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2779 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2780 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2781 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2782 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2783 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2784 } 2785 2786 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2787 // UndefinedButUsed. 2788 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2789 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2790 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2791 Old->isUsed(false) && 2792 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2793 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2794 SourceLocation())); 2795 2796 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2797 // about it. 2798 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2799 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2800 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2801 } 2802 2803 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2804 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2805 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2806 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2807 // cannot be overloaded. 2808 2809 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2810 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2811 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2812 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2813 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2814 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2815 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2816 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2817 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2818 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2819 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2820 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2821 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2822 QualType ResQT; 2823 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2824 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2825 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2826 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2827 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2828 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2829 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2830 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2831 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2832 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2833 else 2834 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2835 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2836 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2837 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2838 return true; 2839 } 2840 else 2841 NewQType = ResQT; 2842 } 2843 2844 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2845 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2846 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2847 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2848 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2849 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2850 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2851 New->setType( 2852 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2853 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2854 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2855 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2856 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2857 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2858 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2859 } 2860 } 2861 2862 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2863 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2864 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2865 // Preserve triviality. 2866 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2867 2868 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2869 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2870 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2871 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2872 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2873 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2874 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2875 2876 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2877 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2878 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2879 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2880 // is a static member function declaration. 2881 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2882 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2883 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2884 return true; 2885 } 2886 2887 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2888 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2889 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2890 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2891 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2892 unsigned NewDiag; 2893 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2894 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2895 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2896 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2897 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2898 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2899 else 2900 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2901 2902 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2903 } else { 2904 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2905 << New << New->getType(); 2906 } 2907 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2908 return true; 2909 2910 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2911 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2912 // 2913 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2914 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2915 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2916 if (isFriend) { 2917 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2918 } else { 2919 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2920 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2921 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2922 return true; 2923 } 2924 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2925 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2926 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2927 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2928 return true; 2929 } 2930 } 2931 2932 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2933 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2934 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2935 // attribute. 2936 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2937 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2938 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2939 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2940 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2941 } 2942 2943 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2944 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2945 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2946 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2947 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2948 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2949 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2950 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2951 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2952 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2953 } 2954 2955 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2956 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2957 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2958 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2959 2960 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2961 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2962 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2963 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2964 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2965 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2966 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2967 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2968 } 2969 2970 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2971 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2972 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2973 // 2974 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2975 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2976 // linkage within class scope. 2977 // 2978 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2979 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2980 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2981 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2982 } else { 2983 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2984 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2985 return true; 2986 } 2987 } 2988 2989 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2990 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2991 2992 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2993 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2994 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2995 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2996 // when we instantiate the function. 2997 return false; 2998 } 2999 3000 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3001 } 3002 3003 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3004 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3005 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3006 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3007 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3008 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3009 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3010 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3011 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3012 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3013 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3014 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3015 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3016 NewQType = 3017 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3018 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3019 New->setType(NewQType); 3020 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3021 3022 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3023 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3024 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3025 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3026 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3027 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3028 SC_None, nullptr); 3029 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3030 Param->setImplicit(); 3031 Params.push_back(Param); 3032 } 3033 3034 New->setParams(Params); 3035 } 3036 3037 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3038 } 3039 3040 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3041 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3042 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3043 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3044 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3045 // the prototype. 3046 // 3047 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3048 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3049 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3050 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3051 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3052 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3053 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3054 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3055 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3056 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3057 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3058 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3059 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3060 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3061 3062 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3063 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3064 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3065 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3066 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3067 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3068 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3069 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3070 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3071 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3072 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3073 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3074 NewParm->getType(), 3075 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3076 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3077 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3078 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3079 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3080 } else 3081 LooseCompatible = false; 3082 } 3083 3084 if (LooseCompatible) { 3085 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3086 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3087 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3088 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3089 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3090 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3091 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3092 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3093 } 3094 3095 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3096 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3097 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3098 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3099 } 3100 3101 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3102 } 3103 3104 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3105 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3106 3107 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3108 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3109 unsigned BuiltinID; 3110 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3111 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3112 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3113 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3114 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3115 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3116 << Old << Old->getType(); 3117 3118 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3119 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3120 // 3121 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3122 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3123 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3124 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3125 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3126 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3127 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3128 3129 return false; 3130 } 3131 3132 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3133 } 3134 3135 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3136 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3137 return true; 3138 } 3139 3140 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3141 /// known to be compatible. 3142 /// 3143 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3144 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3145 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3146 /// redeclaration of Old. 3147 /// 3148 /// \returns false 3149 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3150 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3151 // Merge the attributes 3152 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3153 3154 // Merge "pure" flag. 3155 if (Old->isPure()) 3156 New->setPure(); 3157 3158 // Merge "used" flag. 3159 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3160 New->setIsUsed(); 3161 3162 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3163 // declarations. 3164 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3165 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3166 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3167 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3168 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3169 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3170 } 3171 3172 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3173 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3174 3175 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3176 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3177 // was visible. 3178 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3179 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3180 New->setType(Merged); 3181 3182 return false; 3183 } 3184 3185 3186 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3187 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3188 3189 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3190 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3191 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3192 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3193 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3194 : AMK_Override; 3195 3196 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3197 3198 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3199 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3200 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3201 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3202 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3203 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3204 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3205 3206 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3207 } 3208 3209 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3210 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3211 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3212 /// 3213 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3214 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3215 /// is attached. 3216 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3217 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3218 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3219 return; 3220 3221 QualType MergedT; 3222 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3223 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3224 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3225 return; 3226 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3227 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3228 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3229 } 3230 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3231 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3232 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3233 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3234 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3235 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3236 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3237 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3238 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3239 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3240 NewArray->getElementType())) 3241 MergedT = New->getType(); 3242 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3243 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3244 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3245 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3246 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3247 NewArray->getElementType())) 3248 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3249 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3250 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3251 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3252 Old->getType()); 3253 } 3254 } else { 3255 // C 6.2.7p2: 3256 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3257 // compatible type. 3258 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3259 } 3260 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3261 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3262 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3263 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3264 // equivalent. 3265 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3266 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3267 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3268 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3269 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3270 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3271 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3272 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3273 return; 3274 } 3275 3276 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3277 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3278 // 3279 // extern int arr[]; 3280 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3281 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3282 // 3283 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3284 // to diagnose it. 3285 Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3286 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3287 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3288 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3289 3290 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3291 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3292 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3293 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3294 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3295 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3296 } 3297 3298 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3299 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3300 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3301 New->setType(MergedT); 3302 } 3303 3304 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3305 LookupResult &Previous) { 3306 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3307 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3308 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3309 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3310 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3311 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3312 // 3313 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3314 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3315 return false; 3316 3317 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3318 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3319 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3320 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3321 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3322 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3323 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3324 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3325 } else { 3326 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3327 // type unless we're in the same function. 3328 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3329 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3330 } 3331 } 3332 3333 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3334 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3335 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3336 /// 3337 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3338 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3339 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3340 /// 3341 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3342 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3343 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3344 return; 3345 3346 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3347 return; 3348 3349 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3350 3351 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3352 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3353 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3354 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3355 if (NewTemplate) { 3356 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3357 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3358 3359 if (auto *Shadow = 3360 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3361 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3362 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3363 } else { 3364 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3365 3366 if (auto *Shadow = 3367 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3368 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3369 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3370 } 3371 } 3372 if (!Old) { 3373 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3374 << New->getDeclName(); 3375 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3376 diag::note_previous_definition); 3377 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3378 } 3379 3380 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3381 if (NewTemplate && 3382 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3383 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3384 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3385 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3386 3387 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3388 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3389 // 3390 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3391 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3392 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3393 << New->getIdentifier(); 3394 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3395 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3396 } 3397 3398 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3399 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3400 // declaration 3401 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3402 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3403 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3404 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3405 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3406 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3407 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3408 } 3409 3410 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3411 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3412 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3413 << New->getDeclName(); 3414 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3415 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3416 } 3417 3418 // Merge the types. 3419 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3420 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3421 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3422 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3423 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3424 return; 3425 } 3426 3427 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3428 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3429 return; 3430 3431 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3432 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3433 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3434 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3435 3436 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3437 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3438 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3439 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3440 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3441 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3442 << New->getDeclName(); 3443 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3444 } else { 3445 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3446 << New->getDeclName(); 3447 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3448 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3449 } 3450 } 3451 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3452 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3453 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3454 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3455 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3456 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3457 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3458 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3459 // identifier has external linkage. 3460 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3461 /* Okay */; 3462 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3463 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3464 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3465 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3466 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3467 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3468 } 3469 3470 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3471 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3472 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3473 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3474 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3475 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3476 } 3477 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3478 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3479 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3480 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3481 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3482 } 3483 3484 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3485 3486 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3487 // need to check for mismatches. 3488 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3489 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3490 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3491 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3492 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3493 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3494 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3495 } 3496 3497 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3498 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3499 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3500 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3501 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3502 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3503 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3504 } else { 3505 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3506 // static and dynamic initialization. 3507 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3508 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3509 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3510 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3511 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3512 } 3513 } 3514 3515 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3516 VarDecl *Def; 3517 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3518 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3519 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3520 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3521 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3522 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3523 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3524 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3525 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3526 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3527 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3528 } else { 3529 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3530 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3531 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3532 return; 3533 } 3534 } 3535 3536 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3537 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3538 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3539 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3540 return; 3541 } 3542 3543 // Merge "used" flag. 3544 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3545 New->setIsUsed(); 3546 3547 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3548 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3549 if (NewTemplate) 3550 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3551 3552 // Inherit access appropriately. 3553 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3554 if (NewTemplate) 3555 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3556 } 3557 3558 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3559 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3560 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3561 DeclSpec &DS) { 3562 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3563 } 3564 3565 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3566 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3567 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3568 // compatibility. 3569 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3570 // targeted. 3571 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3572 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3573 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3574 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3575 } 3576 3577 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3578 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3579 return; 3580 3581 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3582 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3583 // it is anonymous. 3584 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3585 return; 3586 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3587 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3588 Context.setManglingNumber( 3589 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3590 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3591 return; 3592 } 3593 3594 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3595 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3596 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3597 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3598 Context.setManglingNumber( 3599 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3600 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3601 } 3602 } 3603 3604 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3605 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3606 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3607 return; 3608 3609 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3610 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3611 return; 3612 3613 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3614 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3615 3616 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3617 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3618 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3619 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3620 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3621 return; 3622 } 3623 3624 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3625 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3626 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3627 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3628 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3629 // for how to handle it. 3630 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3631 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3632 3633 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3634 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3635 3636 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3637 textToInsert += ' '; 3638 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3639 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3641 return; 3642 } 3643 3644 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3645 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3646 } 3647 3648 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3649 switch (T) { 3650 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3651 return 0; 3652 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3653 return 1; 3654 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3655 return 2; 3656 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3657 return 3; 3658 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3659 return 4; 3660 default: 3661 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3662 } 3663 } 3664 3665 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3666 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3667 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3668 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3669 DeclSpec &DS, 3670 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3671 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3672 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3673 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3674 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3675 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3676 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3677 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3678 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3679 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3680 3681 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3682 return nullptr; 3683 3684 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3685 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3686 // it's a Type. 3687 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3688 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3689 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3690 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3691 } 3692 3693 if (Tag) { 3694 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3695 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3696 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3697 return Tag; 3698 } 3699 3700 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3701 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3702 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3703 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3704 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3705 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3706 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3707 } 3708 3709 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3710 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3711 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3712 if (Tag) 3713 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3714 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3715 else 3716 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3717 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3718 return TagD; 3719 } 3720 3721 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3722 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3723 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3724 // its initializer. 3725 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3726 return TagD; 3727 } 3728 3729 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3730 3731 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3732 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3733 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3734 if (TagD && !Tag) 3735 return nullptr; 3736 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3737 } 3738 3739 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3740 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3741 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3742 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3743 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3744 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3745 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3746 // or an explicit specialization. 3747 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3748 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3749 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3750 return nullptr; 3751 } 3752 3753 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3754 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3755 3756 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3757 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3758 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3759 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3760 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3761 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3762 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3763 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3764 3765 DeclaresAnything = false; 3766 } 3767 } 3768 3769 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3770 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3771 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3772 // 3773 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3774 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3775 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3776 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3777 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3778 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3779 // struct STRUCT; 3780 // union UNION; 3781 // and 3782 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3783 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3784 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3785 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3786 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3787 if (Tag) 3788 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3789 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3790 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3791 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3792 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3793 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3794 3795 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3796 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3797 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3798 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3799 } 3800 3801 DeclaresAnything = false; 3802 } 3803 } 3804 3805 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3806 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3807 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3808 return TagD; 3809 3810 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3811 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3812 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3813 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3814 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3815 DeclaresAnything = false; 3816 3817 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3818 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3819 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3820 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3821 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3822 else 3823 DeclaresAnything = false; 3824 } 3825 3826 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3827 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3828 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3829 << Tag->getTagKind() 3830 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3831 3832 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3833 3834 // C 6.7/2: 3835 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3836 // or the members of an enumeration. 3837 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3838 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3839 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3840 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3841 // previous declaration. 3842 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3843 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3844 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3845 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3846 return TagD; 3847 } 3848 3849 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3850 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3851 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3852 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3853 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3854 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3855 // 3856 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3857 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3858 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3859 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3860 3861 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3862 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3863 // useless. 3864 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3865 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3866 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3867 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3868 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3869 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3870 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3871 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3872 } 3873 3874 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3875 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3876 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3877 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3878 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3879 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3880 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3881 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3882 // Restrict is covered above. 3883 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3884 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3885 } 3886 3887 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3888 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3889 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3890 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3891 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3892 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3893 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3894 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3895 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3896 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3897 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3898 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3899 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3900 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3901 } 3902 } 3903 3904 return TagD; 3905 } 3906 3907 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3908 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3909 /// 3910 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3911 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3912 Scope *S, 3913 DeclContext *Owner, 3914 DeclarationName Name, 3915 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3916 bool IsUnion) { 3917 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3918 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3919 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3920 3921 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3922 return false; 3923 3924 // Pick a representative declaration. 3925 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3926 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3927 3928 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3929 return false; 3930 3931 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 3932 << IsUnion << Name; 3933 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3934 3935 return true; 3936 } 3937 3938 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3939 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3940 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3941 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3942 /// struct, e.g., 3943 /// 3944 /// @code 3945 /// union { 3946 /// int i; 3947 /// float f; 3948 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3949 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3950 /// @endcode 3951 /// 3952 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3953 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3954 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3955 DeclContext *Owner, 3956 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3957 AccessSpecifier AS, 3958 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3959 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3960 bool Invalid = false; 3961 3962 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3963 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3964 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3965 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3966 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3967 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3968 VD->getLocation(), 3969 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 3970 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3971 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3972 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3973 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3974 Invalid = true; 3975 } else { 3976 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3977 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3978 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3979 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3980 // anonymous union is declared. 3981 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3982 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3983 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 3984 else 3985 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3986 3987 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3988 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3989 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3990 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3991 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3992 3993 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3994 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3995 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3996 3997 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3998 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3999 4000 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4001 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4002 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4003 4004 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4005 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4006 4007 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4008 } 4009 } 4010 } 4011 4012 return Invalid; 4013 } 4014 4015 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4016 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4017 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4018 static StorageClass 4019 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4020 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4021 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4022 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4023 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4024 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4025 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4026 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4027 return SC_None; 4028 return SC_Extern; 4029 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4030 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4031 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4032 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4033 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4034 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4035 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4036 } 4037 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4038 } 4039 4040 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4041 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4042 4043 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4044 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4045 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4046 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4047 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4048 return FD->getLocation(); 4049 } 4050 4051 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4052 } 4053 4054 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4055 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4056 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4057 return; 4058 4059 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4060 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4061 } 4062 4063 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4064 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4065 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4066 return; 4067 4068 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4069 } 4070 4071 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4072 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4073 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4074 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4075 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4076 AccessSpecifier AS, 4077 RecordDecl *Record, 4078 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4079 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4080 4081 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4082 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4083 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4084 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4085 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4086 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4087 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4088 4089 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4090 // structs/unions. 4091 bool Invalid = false; 4092 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4093 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4094 unsigned DiagID; 4095 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4096 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4097 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4098 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4099 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4100 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4101 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4102 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4103 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4104 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4105 4106 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4107 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4108 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4109 } 4110 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4111 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4112 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4113 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4114 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4115 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4116 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4117 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4118 4119 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4120 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4121 SourceLocation(), 4122 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4123 } 4124 } 4125 4126 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4127 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4128 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4129 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4130 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4131 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4132 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4133 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4134 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4135 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4136 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4137 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4138 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4139 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4140 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4141 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4142 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4143 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4144 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4145 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4146 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4147 4148 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4149 } 4150 4151 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4152 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4153 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4154 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4155 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4156 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4157 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4158 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4159 // members (clause 11). 4160 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4161 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4162 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4163 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4164 Invalid = true; 4165 } 4166 4167 // C++ [class.union]p1 4168 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4169 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4170 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4171 // array of such objects. 4172 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4173 Invalid = true; 4174 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4175 // Any implicit members are fine. 4176 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4177 // This is a type that showed up in an 4178 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4179 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4180 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4181 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4182 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4183 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4184 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4185 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4186 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4187 << Record->isUnion(); 4188 else { 4189 // This is a nested type declaration. 4190 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4191 << Record->isUnion(); 4192 Invalid = true; 4193 } 4194 } else { 4195 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4196 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4197 // not part of standard C++. 4198 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4199 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4200 << Record->isUnion(); 4201 } 4202 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4203 // Any access specifier is fine. 4204 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4205 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4206 } else { 4207 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4208 // member. Complain about it. 4209 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4210 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4211 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4212 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4213 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4214 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4215 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4216 4217 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4218 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4219 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4220 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4221 << Record->isUnion(); 4222 else { 4223 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4224 Invalid = true; 4225 } 4226 } 4227 } 4228 4229 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4230 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4231 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4232 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4233 Owner->isRecord()) 4234 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4235 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4236 } 4237 4238 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4239 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4240 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4241 Invalid = true; 4242 } 4243 4244 // Mock up a declarator. 4245 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4246 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4247 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4248 4249 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4250 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4251 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4252 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4253 DS.getLocStart(), 4254 Record->getLocation(), 4255 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4256 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4257 TInfo, 4258 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4259 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4260 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4261 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4262 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4263 } else { 4264 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4265 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4266 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4267 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4268 // an error here 4269 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4270 Invalid = true; 4271 SC = SC_None; 4272 } 4273 4274 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4275 DS.getLocStart(), 4276 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4277 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4278 TInfo, SC); 4279 4280 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4281 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4282 // initializer: 4283 // union { int n = 0; }; 4284 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4285 } 4286 Anon->setImplicit(); 4287 4288 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4289 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4290 4291 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4292 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4293 // its members. 4294 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4295 4296 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4297 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4298 // purposes. 4299 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4300 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4301 4302 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4303 Chain, false)) 4304 Invalid = true; 4305 4306 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4307 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4308 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4309 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4310 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4311 Context.setManglingNumber( 4312 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4313 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4314 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4315 } 4316 } 4317 } 4318 4319 if (Invalid) 4320 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4321 4322 return Anon; 4323 } 4324 4325 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4326 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4327 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4328 /// Example: 4329 /// 4330 /// struct A { int a; }; 4331 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4332 /// 4333 /// void foo() { 4334 /// B var; 4335 /// var.a = 3; 4336 /// } 4337 /// 4338 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4339 RecordDecl *Record) { 4340 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4341 4342 // Mock up a declarator. 4343 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4344 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4345 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4346 4347 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4348 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4349 4350 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4351 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4352 ParentDecl, 4353 DS.getLocStart(), 4354 DS.getLocStart(), 4355 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4356 RecTy, 4357 TInfo, 4358 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4359 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4360 Anon->setImplicit(); 4361 4362 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4363 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4364 4365 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4366 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4367 // purposes. 4368 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4369 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4370 4371 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4372 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4373 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4374 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4375 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4376 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4377 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4378 } 4379 4380 return Anon; 4381 } 4382 4383 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4384 /// given Declarator. 4385 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4386 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4387 } 4388 4389 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4390 DeclarationNameInfo 4391 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4392 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4393 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4394 4395 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4396 4397 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4398 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4399 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4400 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4401 return NameInfo; 4402 4403 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4404 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4405 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4406 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4407 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4408 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4409 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4410 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4411 return NameInfo; 4412 4413 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4414 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4415 Name.Identifier)); 4416 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4417 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4418 return NameInfo; 4419 4420 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4421 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4422 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4423 if (Ty.isNull()) 4424 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4425 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4426 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4427 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4428 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4429 return NameInfo; 4430 } 4431 4432 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4433 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4434 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4435 if (Ty.isNull()) 4436 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4437 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4438 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4439 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4440 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4441 return NameInfo; 4442 } 4443 4444 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4445 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4446 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4447 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4448 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4449 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4450 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4451 4452 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4453 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4454 4455 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4456 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4457 // was qualified. 4458 4459 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4460 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4461 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4462 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4463 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4464 return NameInfo; 4465 } 4466 4467 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4468 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4469 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4470 if (Ty.isNull()) 4471 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4472 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4473 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4474 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4475 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4476 return NameInfo; 4477 } 4478 4479 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4480 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4481 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4482 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4483 } 4484 4485 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4486 4487 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4488 } 4489 4490 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4491 do { 4492 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4493 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4494 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4495 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4496 else 4497 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4498 } while (true); 4499 } 4500 4501 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4502 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4503 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4504 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4505 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4506 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4507 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4508 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4509 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4510 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4511 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4512 Params.clear(); 4513 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4514 return false; 4515 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4516 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4517 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4518 4519 // The parameter types are identical 4520 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4521 continue; 4522 4523 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4524 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4525 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4526 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4527 4528 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4529 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4530 Params.push_back(Idx); 4531 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4532 return false; 4533 } 4534 4535 return true; 4536 } 4537 4538 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4539 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4540 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4541 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4542 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4543 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4544 DeclarationName Name) { 4545 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4546 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4547 // - types which will become injected class names 4548 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4549 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4550 // few cases here. 4551 4552 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4553 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4554 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4555 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4556 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4557 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4558 // Grab the type from the parser. 4559 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4560 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4561 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4562 4563 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4564 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4565 // attached already. 4566 if (!TSI) 4567 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4568 4569 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4570 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4571 if (!TSI) return true; 4572 4573 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4574 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4575 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4576 break; 4577 } 4578 4579 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4580 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4581 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4582 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4583 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4584 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4585 break; 4586 } 4587 4588 default: 4589 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4590 break; 4591 } 4592 4593 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4594 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4595 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4596 4597 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4598 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4599 // pointer. 4600 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4601 continue; 4602 4603 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4604 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4605 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4606 return true; 4607 } 4608 4609 return false; 4610 } 4611 4612 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4613 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4614 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4615 4616 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4617 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4618 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4619 4620 return Dcl; 4621 } 4622 4623 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4624 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4625 /// name different from T: 4626 /// - every static data member of class T; 4627 /// - every member function of class T 4628 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4629 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4630 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4631 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4632 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4633 4634 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4635 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4636 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4637 return true; 4638 } 4639 4640 return false; 4641 } 4642 4643 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4644 /// nested-name-specifier. 4645 /// 4646 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4647 /// 4648 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4649 /// resolves. 4650 /// 4651 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4652 /// 4653 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4654 /// 4655 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4656 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4657 DeclarationName Name, 4658 SourceLocation Loc) { 4659 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4660 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4661 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4662 4663 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4664 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4665 // 4666 // class X { 4667 // void X::f(); 4668 // }; 4669 // 4670 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4671 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4672 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4673 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4674 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4675 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4676 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4677 SS.clear(); 4678 } else { 4679 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4680 } 4681 return false; 4682 } 4683 4684 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4685 // declaration. 4686 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4687 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4688 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4689 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4690 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4691 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4692 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4693 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4694 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4695 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4696 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4697 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4698 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4699 else 4700 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4701 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4702 4703 return true; 4704 } 4705 4706 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4707 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4708 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4709 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4710 SS.clear(); 4711 4712 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4713 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4714 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4715 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4716 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4717 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4718 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4719 return true; 4720 4721 return false; 4722 } 4723 4724 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4725 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4726 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4727 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4728 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4729 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4730 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4731 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4732 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4733 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4734 4735 return false; 4736 } 4737 4738 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4739 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4740 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4741 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4742 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4743 4744 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4745 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4746 if (!Name) { 4747 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4748 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4749 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4750 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4751 return nullptr; 4752 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4753 return nullptr; 4754 4755 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4756 // we find one that is. 4757 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4758 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4759 S = S->getParent(); 4760 4761 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4762 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4763 D.setInvalidType(); 4764 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4765 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4766 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4767 return nullptr; 4768 4769 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4770 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4771 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4772 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4773 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4774 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4775 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4776 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4777 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4778 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4779 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4780 return nullptr; 4781 } 4782 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4783 4784 if (!IsDependentContext && 4785 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4786 return nullptr; 4787 4788 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4789 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4790 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4791 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4792 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4793 return nullptr; 4794 } 4795 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4796 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4797 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4798 if (DC->isRecord()) 4799 return nullptr; 4800 4801 D.setInvalidType(); 4802 } 4803 } 4804 4805 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4806 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4807 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4808 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4809 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4810 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4811 D.setInvalidType(); 4812 } 4813 } 4814 4815 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4816 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4817 4818 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4819 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4820 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4821 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4822 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4823 return nullptr; 4824 4825 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4826 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4827 D.setInvalidType(); 4828 4829 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4830 ForRedeclaration); 4831 4832 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4833 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4834 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4835 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4836 4837 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4838 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4839 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4840 // 4841 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4842 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4843 // the same name. 4844 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4845 /* Do nothing*/; 4846 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4847 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4848 R->isFunctionType())) { 4849 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4850 CreateBuiltins = 4851 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4852 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4853 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4854 CreateBuiltins = true; 4855 4856 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4857 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4858 4859 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4860 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4861 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4862 4863 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4864 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4865 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4866 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4867 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4868 // thereof; [...] 4869 // 4870 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4871 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4872 // we want to match. For example, given: 4873 // 4874 // class X { 4875 // void f(); 4876 // void f(float); 4877 // }; 4878 // 4879 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4880 // 4881 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4882 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4883 // matches. 4884 4885 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4886 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4887 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4888 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4889 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4890 } 4891 4892 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4893 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4894 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4895 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4896 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4897 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4898 4899 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4900 Previous.clear(); 4901 } 4902 4903 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4904 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4905 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4906 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4907 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4908 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4909 Previous.clear(); 4910 4911 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4912 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4913 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4914 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4915 4916 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 4917 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 4918 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 4919 // template, declared in namespace scope 4920 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4921 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 4922 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4923 return nullptr; 4924 } 4925 4926 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 4927 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4928 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 4929 return nullptr; 4930 } 4931 } 4932 4933 NamedDecl *New; 4934 4935 bool AddToScope = true; 4936 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4937 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4938 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4939 return nullptr; 4940 } 4941 4942 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4943 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4944 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4945 TemplateParamLists, 4946 AddToScope); 4947 } else { 4948 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4949 AddToScope); 4950 } 4951 4952 if (!New) 4953 return nullptr; 4954 4955 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4956 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4957 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4958 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4959 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4960 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4961 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4962 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4963 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4964 if (!AddToContext) 4965 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4966 } 4967 4968 return New; 4969 } 4970 4971 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4972 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4973 /// GCC compatibility). 4974 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4975 ASTContext &Context, 4976 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4977 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4978 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4979 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4980 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4981 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4982 SizeIsNegative = false; 4983 Oversized = 0; 4984 4985 if (T->isDependentType()) 4986 return QualType(); 4987 4988 QualifierCollector Qs; 4989 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4990 4991 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4992 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4993 QualType FixedType = 4994 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4995 Oversized); 4996 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4997 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4998 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4999 } 5000 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5001 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5002 QualType FixedType = 5003 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5004 Oversized); 5005 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5006 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5007 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5008 } 5009 5010 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5011 if (!VLATy) 5012 return QualType(); 5013 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5014 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5015 return QualType(); 5016 5017 llvm::APSInt Res; 5018 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5019 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5020 return QualType(); 5021 5022 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5023 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5024 SizeIsNegative = true; 5025 return QualType(); 5026 } 5027 5028 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5029 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5030 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5031 Res); 5032 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5033 Oversized = Res; 5034 return QualType(); 5035 } 5036 5037 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5038 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5039 } 5040 5041 static void 5042 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5043 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5044 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5045 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5046 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5047 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5048 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5049 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5050 return; 5051 } 5052 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5053 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5054 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5055 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5056 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5057 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5058 return; 5059 } 5060 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5061 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5062 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5063 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5064 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5065 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5066 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5067 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5068 } 5069 5070 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5071 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5072 /// GCC compatibility). 5073 static TypeSourceInfo* 5074 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5075 ASTContext &Context, 5076 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5077 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5078 QualType FixedTy 5079 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5080 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5081 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5082 return nullptr; 5083 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5084 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5085 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5086 return FixedTInfo; 5087 } 5088 5089 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5090 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5091 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5092 /// function-scope declarations. 5093 void 5094 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5095 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5096 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5097 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5098 return; 5099 5100 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5101 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5102 } 5103 5104 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5105 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5106 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5107 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5108 } 5109 5110 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5111 /// does not identify a function. 5112 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5113 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5114 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5115 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5116 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5117 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5118 5119 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5120 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5121 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5122 5123 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5124 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5125 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5126 5127 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5128 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5129 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5130 } 5131 5132 NamedDecl* 5133 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5134 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5135 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5136 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5137 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5138 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5139 D.setInvalidType(); 5140 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5141 DC = CurContext; 5142 Previous.clear(); 5143 } 5144 5145 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5146 5147 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5148 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5149 << 1; 5150 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5151 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5152 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5153 5154 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5155 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5156 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5157 return nullptr; 5158 } 5159 5160 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5161 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5162 5163 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5164 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5165 5166 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5167 5168 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5169 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5170 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5171 return ND; 5172 } 5173 5174 void 5175 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5176 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5177 // then it shall have block scope. 5178 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5179 // that redeclarations will match. 5180 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5181 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5182 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5183 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5184 5185 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5186 bool SizeIsNegative; 5187 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5188 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5189 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5190 SizeIsNegative, 5191 Oversized); 5192 if (FixedTInfo) { 5193 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5194 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5195 } else { 5196 if (SizeIsNegative) 5197 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5198 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5199 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5200 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5201 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5202 << Oversized.toString(10); 5203 else 5204 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5205 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5206 } 5207 } 5208 } 5209 } 5210 5211 5212 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5213 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5214 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5215 NamedDecl* 5216 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5217 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5218 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5219 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5220 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5221 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5222 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5223 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5224 Redeclaration = true; 5225 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5226 } 5227 5228 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5229 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5230 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5231 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5232 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5233 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5234 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5235 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5236 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5237 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5238 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5239 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5240 } 5241 5242 return NewTD; 5243 } 5244 5245 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5246 /// previous declaration. 5247 /// 5248 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5249 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5250 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5251 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5252 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5253 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5254 /// 5255 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5256 /// lookup 5257 /// 5258 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5259 /// declared. 5260 /// 5261 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5262 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5263 static bool 5264 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5265 ASTContext &Context) { 5266 if (!PrevDecl) 5267 return false; 5268 5269 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5270 return false; 5271 5272 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5273 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5274 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5275 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5276 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5277 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5278 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5279 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5280 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5281 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5282 return false; 5283 5284 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5285 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5286 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5287 return false; 5288 5289 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5290 // previous declarations. 5291 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5292 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5293 5294 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5295 // isn't the same function. 5296 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5297 return false; 5298 } 5299 5300 return true; 5301 } 5302 5303 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5304 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5305 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5306 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5307 } 5308 5309 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5310 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5311 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5312 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5313 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5314 unsigned kind = -1U; 5315 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5316 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5317 kind = 0; // __block 5318 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5319 kind = 1; // global 5320 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5321 kind = 3; // ivar 5322 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5323 kind = 2; // field 5324 } 5325 5326 if (kind != -1U) { 5327 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5328 << kind; 5329 } 5330 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5331 // Try to infer lifetime. 5332 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5333 return false; 5334 5335 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5336 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5337 decl->setType(type); 5338 } 5339 5340 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5341 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5342 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5343 var->getTLSKind()) { 5344 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5345 << var->getType(); 5346 return true; 5347 } 5348 } 5349 5350 return false; 5351 } 5352 5353 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5354 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5355 // the wrong linkage. 5356 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5357 5358 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5359 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5360 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5361 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5362 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5363 } 5364 } 5365 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5366 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5367 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5368 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5369 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5370 } 5371 } 5372 5373 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5374 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5375 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5376 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5377 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5378 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5379 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5380 } 5381 } 5382 } 5383 5384 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5385 // It does not apply to functions. 5386 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5387 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5388 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5389 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5390 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5391 } 5392 } 5393 5394 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5395 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5396 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5397 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5398 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5399 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5400 << &ND << Attr; 5401 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5402 } 5403 } 5404 5405 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5406 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5407 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5408 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5409 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5410 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5411 << Attr; 5412 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5413 } 5414 } 5415 5416 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5417 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5418 bool IsSpecialization) { 5419 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5420 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5421 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5422 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5423 5424 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5425 return; 5426 5427 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5428 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5429 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5430 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5431 5432 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5433 // inherited attribute instances. 5434 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5435 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5436 5437 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5438 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5439 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5440 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5441 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5442 5443 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5444 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5445 bool JustWarn = false; 5446 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5447 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5448 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5449 JustWarn = true; 5450 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5451 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5452 JustWarn = true; 5453 } 5454 5455 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5456 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5457 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5458 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5459 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5460 JustWarn = false; 5461 5462 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5463 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5464 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5465 << NewDecl 5466 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5467 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5468 if (!JustWarn) { 5469 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5470 return; 5471 } 5472 } 5473 5474 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5475 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5476 // and qualified friend declarations. 5477 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5478 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5479 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5480 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5481 // separately. 5482 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5483 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5484 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5485 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5486 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5487 } 5488 5489 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5490 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5491 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5492 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5493 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5494 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5495 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5496 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5497 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5498 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5499 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5500 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5501 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5502 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5503 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5504 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5505 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5506 } 5507 } 5508 5509 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5510 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5511 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5512 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5513 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5514 5515 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5516 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5517 5518 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5519 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5520 return false; 5521 5522 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5523 5524 #ifndef NDEBUG 5525 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5526 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5527 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5528 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5529 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5530 #endif 5531 5532 bool isC99Inline = 5533 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5534 5535 #ifndef NDEBUG 5536 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5537 #endif 5538 5539 return isC99Inline; 5540 } 5541 5542 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5543 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5544 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5545 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5546 /// 5547 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5548 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5549 /// 5550 /// For instance: 5551 /// 5552 /// auto x = []{}; 5553 /// 5554 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5555 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5556 /// 5557 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5558 template<typename T> 5559 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5560 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5561 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5562 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5563 return false; 5564 5565 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes if overloading is enabled. 5566 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && S.getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 5567 (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5568 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5569 return false; 5570 } 5571 return D->isExternC(); 5572 } 5573 5574 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5575 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5576 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5577 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5578 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5579 return true; 5580 if (DC->isRecord()) 5581 return false; 5582 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5583 } 5584 5585 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5586 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5587 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5588 return true; 5589 if (DC->isRecord()) 5590 return false; 5591 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5592 } 5593 5594 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5595 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5596 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5597 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5598 return true; 5599 return false; 5600 } 5601 5602 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5603 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5604 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5605 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5606 return true; 5607 5608 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5609 // position to the decl itself. 5610 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5611 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5612 return true; 5613 } 5614 5615 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5616 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5617 } 5618 5619 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5620 /// function-local external declaration. 5621 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5622 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5623 return false; 5624 5625 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5626 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5627 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5628 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5629 return true; 5630 5631 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5632 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5633 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5634 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5635 // 5636 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5637 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5638 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5639 DC = DC->getParent(); 5640 return true; 5641 } 5642 5643 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5644 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5645 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5646 return FD->isExternC(); 5647 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5648 return VD->isExternC(); 5649 5650 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5651 } 5652 5653 NamedDecl * 5654 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5655 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5656 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5657 bool &AddToScope) { 5658 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5659 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5660 5661 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5662 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5663 5664 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5665 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5666 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5667 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5668 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5669 SC = SC_Extern; 5670 5671 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5672 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5673 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5674 5675 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5676 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5677 QualType NR = R; 5678 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5679 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5680 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5681 D.setInvalidType(); 5682 break; 5683 } 5684 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5685 } 5686 5687 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5688 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5689 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5690 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5691 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5692 D.setInvalidType(); 5693 } 5694 } 5695 } 5696 5697 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5698 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5699 // an error here 5700 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5701 D.setInvalidType(); 5702 SC = SC_None; 5703 } 5704 5705 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5706 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5707 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5708 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5709 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5710 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5711 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5712 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5713 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5714 } 5715 5716 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5717 if (!II) { 5718 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5719 << Name; 5720 return nullptr; 5721 } 5722 5723 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5724 5725 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5726 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5727 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5728 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5729 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5730 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5731 D.setInvalidType(); 5732 } 5733 } 5734 5735 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5736 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5737 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5738 // space qualifiers. 5739 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5740 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5741 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5742 } 5743 5744 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5745 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5746 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5747 // address space qualifiers. 5748 if (R->isEventT()) { 5749 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5750 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5751 D.setInvalidType(); 5752 } 5753 5754 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5755 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5756 D.setInvalidType(); 5757 } 5758 } 5759 } 5760 5761 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5762 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5763 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5764 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5765 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5766 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5767 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5768 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5769 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5770 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5771 R, TInfo, SC); 5772 5773 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5774 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5775 5776 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5777 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5778 } else { 5779 bool Invalid = false; 5780 5781 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5782 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5783 switch (SC) { 5784 case SC_None: 5785 break; 5786 case SC_Static: 5787 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5788 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5789 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5790 break; 5791 case SC_Auto: 5792 case SC_Register: 5793 case SC_Extern: 5794 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5795 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5796 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5797 // of class members 5798 5799 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5800 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5801 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5802 break; 5803 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5804 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5805 } 5806 } 5807 5808 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5809 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5810 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5811 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5812 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5813 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5814 5815 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5816 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5817 if (RD->isUnion()) 5818 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5819 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5820 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5821 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5822 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5823 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5824 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5825 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5826 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5827 } 5828 } 5829 5830 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5831 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5832 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5833 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5834 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5835 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5836 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5837 : nullptr, 5838 TemplateParamLists, 5839 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5840 5841 if (TemplateParams) { 5842 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5843 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5844 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5845 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5846 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5847 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5848 << II 5849 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5850 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5851 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5852 } else { 5853 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5854 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5855 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5856 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5857 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5858 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5859 // This is a template declaration. 5860 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5861 5862 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5863 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5864 return nullptr; 5865 5866 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5867 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5868 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5869 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5870 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5871 } 5872 } 5873 } else { 5874 assert( 5875 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5876 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5877 } 5878 5879 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5880 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5881 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5882 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5883 : SourceLocation(); 5884 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5885 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5886 IsPartialSpecialization); 5887 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5888 return nullptr; 5889 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5890 AddToScope = false; 5891 } else 5892 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5893 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5894 5895 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5896 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5897 NewTemplate = 5898 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5899 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5900 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5901 } 5902 5903 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5904 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5905 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5906 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5907 5908 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5909 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5910 if (NewTemplate) 5911 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5912 } 5913 5914 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5915 5916 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5917 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5918 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5919 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5920 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5921 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 5922 5923 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5924 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5925 5926 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5927 NewVD->setConcept(true); 5928 5929 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 5930 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 5931 // specifiers, [...] 5932 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 5933 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5934 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 5935 << 0 << 0; 5936 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5937 } 5938 5939 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 5940 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 5941 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 5942 << 0 << 3; 5943 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5944 } 5945 } 5946 } 5947 5948 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5949 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5950 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5951 if (NewTemplate) 5952 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5953 5954 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5955 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5956 5957 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 5958 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5959 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5960 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5961 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5962 // explicitly. 5963 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5964 // 'extern'. 5965 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5966 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5967 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5968 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5969 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5970 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5971 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5972 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 5973 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5974 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 5975 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 5976 // error should be ignored. 5977 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 5978 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 5979 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 5980 // to emit any code for it. 5981 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5982 } else 5983 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5984 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5985 } else 5986 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5987 } 5988 5989 // C99 6.7.4p3 5990 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5991 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5992 // thread storage duration... 5993 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5994 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5995 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5996 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5997 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5998 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5999 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6000 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6001 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6002 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6003 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6004 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6005 } 6006 } 6007 6008 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6009 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6010 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6011 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6012 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6013 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6014 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6015 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6016 << 2 6017 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6018 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6019 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6020 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6021 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6022 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6023 else { 6024 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6025 if (NewTemplate) 6026 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6027 } 6028 } 6029 6030 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6031 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6032 6033 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6034 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6035 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6036 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6037 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6038 // storage [duration]." 6039 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6040 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6041 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6042 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6043 } 6044 } 6045 6046 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6047 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6048 // check the VarDecl itself. 6049 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6050 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6051 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6052 6053 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6054 // retainable type. 6055 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6056 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6057 6058 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6059 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6060 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6061 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6062 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6063 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6064 switch (SC) { 6065 case SC_None: 6066 case SC_Auto: 6067 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6068 break; 6069 case SC_Register: 6070 // Local Named register 6071 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6072 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6073 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6074 break; 6075 case SC_Static: 6076 case SC_Extern: 6077 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6078 break; 6079 } 6080 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6081 // Global Named register 6082 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6083 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6084 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6085 6086 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6087 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6088 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6089 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6090 HasSizeMismatch)) 6091 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6092 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6093 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6094 } 6095 6096 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6097 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6098 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6099 } 6100 } 6101 6102 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6103 Context, Label, 0)); 6104 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6105 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6106 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6107 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6108 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6109 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6110 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6111 } else 6112 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6113 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6114 } 6115 } 6116 6117 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6118 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6119 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6120 6121 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6122 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6123 // declaration has linkage). 6124 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6125 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6126 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6127 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6128 6129 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6130 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6131 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6132 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6133 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6134 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6135 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6136 6137 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6138 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6139 } else { 6140 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6141 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6142 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6143 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6144 6145 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6146 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6147 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6148 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6149 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6150 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6151 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6152 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6153 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6154 Previous.clear(); 6155 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6156 } 6157 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6158 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6159 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6160 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6161 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6162 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6163 } 6164 6165 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6166 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6167 6168 if (NewTemplate) { 6169 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6170 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6171 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6172 : nullptr; 6173 6174 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6175 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6176 // template declaration. 6177 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6178 TemplateParams, 6179 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6180 : nullptr, 6181 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6182 DC->isDependentContext()) 6183 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6184 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6185 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6186 6187 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6188 // template, make a note of that. 6189 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6190 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6191 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6192 } 6193 } 6194 6195 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6196 6197 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6198 // the map of such variables. 6199 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6200 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6201 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6202 6203 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6204 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6205 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6206 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6207 Context.setManglingNumber( 6208 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6209 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6210 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6211 } 6212 } 6213 6214 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6215 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6216 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6217 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6218 6219 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6220 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6221 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6222 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6223 6224 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6225 // behavior. 6226 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6227 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6228 } 6229 6230 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6231 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6232 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6233 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6234 } 6235 6236 if (NewTemplate) { 6237 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6238 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6239 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6240 return NewTemplate; 6241 } 6242 6243 return NewVD; 6244 } 6245 6246 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6247 /// -Wshadow. 6248 /// 6249 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6250 /// scope. 6251 /// 6252 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6253 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6254 /// 6255 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6256 // Return if warning is ignored. 6257 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6258 return; 6259 6260 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6261 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6262 return; 6263 6264 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6265 6266 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6267 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6268 return; 6269 6270 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6271 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6272 return; 6273 6274 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6275 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6276 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6277 if (MD->isStatic()) 6278 return; 6279 6280 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6281 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6282 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6283 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6284 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6285 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6286 ShadowedDecl = I; 6287 break; 6288 } 6289 } 6290 6291 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6292 6293 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6294 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6295 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6296 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6297 return; 6298 6299 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6300 // static data members from base classes? 6301 6302 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6303 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6304 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6305 } 6306 6307 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6308 unsigned Kind; 6309 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6310 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6311 Kind = 3; // field 6312 else 6313 Kind = 2; // static data member 6314 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6315 Kind = 1; // global 6316 else 6317 Kind = 0; // local 6318 6319 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6320 6321 // Emit warning and note. 6322 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6323 return; 6324 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6325 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6326 } 6327 6328 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6329 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6330 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6331 return; 6332 6333 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6334 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6335 LookupName(R, S); 6336 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6337 } 6338 6339 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6340 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6341 template<typename T> 6342 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6343 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6344 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6345 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6346 6347 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6348 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6349 // declaration. 6350 return false; 6351 } 6352 6353 if (Prev) { 6354 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6355 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6356 // redeclaration. 6357 Previous.clear(); 6358 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6359 return true; 6360 } 6361 6362 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6363 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6364 // declaration. 6365 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6366 return false; 6367 } else { 6368 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6369 // translation unit which might conflict. 6370 if (IsGlobal) { 6371 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6372 IsGlobal = false; 6373 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6374 I != E; ++I) { 6375 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6376 Prev = *I; 6377 break; 6378 } 6379 } 6380 } else { 6381 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6382 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6383 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6384 I != E; ++I) { 6385 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6386 Prev = *I; 6387 break; 6388 } 6389 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6390 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6391 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6392 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6393 // diagnostic. 6394 } 6395 } 6396 6397 if (!Prev) 6398 return false; 6399 } 6400 6401 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6402 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6403 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6404 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6405 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6406 else 6407 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6408 6409 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6410 << IsGlobal << ND; 6411 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6412 << IsGlobal; 6413 return false; 6414 } 6415 6416 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6417 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6418 /// 6419 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6420 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6421 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6422 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6423 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6424 template<typename T> 6425 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6426 LookupResult &Previous) { 6427 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6428 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6429 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6430 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6431 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6432 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6433 Previous.clear(); 6434 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6435 return true; 6436 } 6437 } 6438 return false; 6439 } 6440 6441 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6442 // declaration. 6443 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6444 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6445 6446 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6447 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6448 // in another scope. 6449 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6450 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6451 6452 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6453 return false; 6454 } 6455 6456 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6457 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6458 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6459 return; 6460 6461 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6462 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6463 6464 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6465 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6466 return; 6467 6468 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6469 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6470 6471 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6472 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6473 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6474 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6475 NewVD->setType(T); 6476 } 6477 6478 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6479 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6480 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6481 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6482 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6483 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6484 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6485 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6486 return; 6487 } 6488 6489 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6490 // scope. 6491 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6492 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6493 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6494 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6495 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6496 return; 6497 } 6498 6499 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6500 // __constant address space. 6501 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6502 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6503 // address space. 6504 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6505 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) { 6506 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6507 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6508 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6509 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6510 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6511 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6512 << "global or constant"; 6513 else 6514 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6515 << "constant"; 6516 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6517 return; 6518 } 6519 } else { 6520 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6521 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6522 // address space. 6523 if (NewVD->isStaticLocal() && 6524 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6525 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6526 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6527 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6528 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6529 << "global or constant"; 6530 else 6531 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6532 << "constant"; 6533 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6534 return; 6535 } 6536 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6537 // in functions. 6538 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6539 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6540 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6541 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6542 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6543 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable) 6544 << "constant"; 6545 else 6546 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable) 6547 << "local"; 6548 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6549 return; 6550 } 6551 } 6552 } 6553 } 6554 6555 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6556 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6557 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6558 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6559 else { 6560 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6561 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6562 } 6563 } 6564 6565 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6566 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6567 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6568 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6569 6570 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6571 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6572 bool SizeIsNegative; 6573 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6574 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6575 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6576 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6577 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6578 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6579 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6580 // int a[10][n]; 6581 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6582 6583 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6584 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6585 << SizeRange; 6586 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6587 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6588 << SizeRange; 6589 else 6590 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6591 << SizeRange; 6592 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6593 return; 6594 } 6595 6596 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6597 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6598 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6599 else 6600 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6601 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6602 return; 6603 } 6604 6605 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6606 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6607 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6608 } 6609 6610 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6611 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6612 // of objects and functions. 6613 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6614 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6615 << T; 6616 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6617 return; 6618 } 6619 } 6620 6621 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6622 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6623 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6624 return; 6625 } 6626 6627 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6628 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6629 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6630 return; 6631 } 6632 6633 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6634 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6635 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6636 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6637 return; 6638 } 6639 } 6640 6641 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6642 /// declaration. 6643 /// 6644 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6645 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6646 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6647 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6648 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6649 /// 6650 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6651 /// 6652 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6653 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6654 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6655 6656 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6657 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6658 return false; 6659 6660 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6661 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6662 if (Previous.empty() && 6663 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6664 Previous.setShadowed(); 6665 6666 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6667 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6668 return true; 6669 } 6670 return false; 6671 } 6672 6673 namespace { 6674 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6675 Sema *S; 6676 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6677 6678 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6679 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6680 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6681 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6682 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6683 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6684 6685 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6686 6687 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6688 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6689 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6690 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6691 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6692 6693 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6694 } 6695 6696 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6697 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6698 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6699 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6700 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6701 return true; 6702 } 6703 } 6704 6705 return false; 6706 } 6707 }; 6708 6709 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6710 } // end anonymous namespace 6711 6712 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6713 /// overriden methods. 6714 /// 6715 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6716 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6717 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6718 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6719 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6720 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6721 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6722 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6723 I != E; ++I) { 6724 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6725 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6726 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6727 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6728 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6729 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6730 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6731 } 6732 } 6733 6734 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6735 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6736 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6737 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6738 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6739 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6740 FOM.Method = MD; 6741 FOM.S = this; 6742 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6743 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6744 bool AddedAny = false; 6745 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6746 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6747 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6748 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6749 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6750 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6751 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6752 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6753 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6754 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6755 AddedAny = true; 6756 } 6757 } 6758 } 6759 } 6760 6761 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6762 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6763 } 6764 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6765 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6766 } 6767 6768 return AddedAny; 6769 } 6770 6771 namespace { 6772 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6773 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6774 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6775 Scope *S; 6776 Declarator &D; 6777 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6778 bool AddToScope; 6779 }; 6780 } 6781 6782 namespace { 6783 6784 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6785 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6786 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6787 public: 6788 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6789 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6790 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6791 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6792 6793 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6794 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6795 return false; 6796 6797 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6798 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6799 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6800 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6801 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6802 6803 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6804 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6805 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6806 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6807 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6808 return true; 6809 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6810 return true; 6811 } 6812 } 6813 } 6814 6815 return false; 6816 } 6817 6818 private: 6819 ASTContext &Context; 6820 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6821 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6822 }; 6823 6824 } 6825 6826 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6827 /// 6828 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6829 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6830 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6831 /// the same name. 6832 /// 6833 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6834 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6835 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6836 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6837 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6838 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6839 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6840 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6841 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6842 TypoCorrection Correction; 6843 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6844 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6845 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6846 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6847 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6848 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6849 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6850 6851 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6852 if (IsLocalFriend) 6853 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6854 else 6855 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6856 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6857 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6858 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6859 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6860 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6861 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6862 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6863 if (FD && 6864 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6865 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6866 // involve a parameter 6867 unsigned ParamNum = 6868 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6869 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6870 } 6871 } 6872 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6873 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6874 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6875 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6876 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6877 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6878 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6879 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6880 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6881 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6882 Previous.clear(); 6883 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6884 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6885 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6886 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6887 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6888 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6889 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6890 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6891 } 6892 } 6893 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6894 6895 NamedDecl *Result; 6896 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6897 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6898 { 6899 // Trap errors. 6900 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6901 6902 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6903 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6904 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6905 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6906 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6907 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6908 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6909 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6910 6911 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6912 Result = nullptr; 6913 } 6914 6915 if (Result) { 6916 // Determine which correction we picked. 6917 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6918 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6919 I != E; ++I) 6920 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6921 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6922 6923 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6924 Correction, 6925 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6926 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6927 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6928 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6929 return Result; 6930 } 6931 6932 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6933 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6934 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6935 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6936 Previous.clear(); 6937 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6938 } 6939 6940 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6941 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6942 6943 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6944 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6945 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6946 6947 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6948 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6949 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6950 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6951 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6952 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6953 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6954 6955 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6956 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6957 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6958 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6959 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6960 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6961 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6962 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6963 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6964 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6965 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6966 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6967 } else 6968 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6969 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6970 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6971 } 6972 return nullptr; 6973 } 6974 6975 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6976 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6977 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6978 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6979 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6980 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6981 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6982 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6983 D.setInvalidType(); 6984 break; 6985 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6986 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6987 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6988 return SC_None; 6989 return SC_Extern; 6990 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6991 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6992 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6993 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6994 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6995 // other than extern 6996 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6997 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6998 diag::err_static_block_func); 6999 break; 7000 } else 7001 return SC_Static; 7002 } 7003 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7004 } 7005 7006 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7007 return SC_None; 7008 } 7009 7010 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7011 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7012 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7013 StorageClass SC, 7014 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7015 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7016 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7017 7018 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7019 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7020 7021 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7022 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7023 // prototype. This true when: 7024 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7025 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7026 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7027 bool HasPrototype = 7028 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7029 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7030 7031 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7032 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7033 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7034 HasPrototype, false); 7035 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7036 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7037 7038 return NewFD; 7039 } 7040 7041 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7042 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7043 7044 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7045 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7046 // the class has been completely parsed. 7047 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7048 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7049 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7050 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7051 D.setInvalidType(); 7052 7053 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7054 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7055 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7056 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7057 7058 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7059 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7060 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7061 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7062 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7063 isConstexpr); 7064 7065 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7066 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7067 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7068 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7069 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7070 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7071 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7072 D.getLocStart(), 7073 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7074 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7075 7076 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7077 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7078 // it yet. 7079 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7080 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7081 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7082 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7083 } 7084 7085 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7086 return NewDD; 7087 7088 } else { 7089 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7090 D.setInvalidType(); 7091 7092 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7093 // code path. 7094 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7095 D.getLocStart(), 7096 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7097 SC, isInline, 7098 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7099 } 7100 7101 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7102 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7103 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7104 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7105 return nullptr; 7106 } 7107 7108 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7109 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7110 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7111 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7112 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7113 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7114 7115 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7116 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7117 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7118 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7119 // constructor if it has no return type). 7120 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7121 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7122 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7123 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7124 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7125 return nullptr; 7126 } 7127 7128 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7129 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7130 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7131 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7132 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7133 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7134 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7135 return Ret; 7136 } else { 7137 bool isFriend = 7138 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7139 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7140 return nullptr; 7141 7142 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7143 // prototype. This true when: 7144 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7145 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7146 D.getLocStart(), 7147 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7148 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7149 } 7150 } 7151 7152 enum OpenCLParamType { 7153 ValidKernelParam, 7154 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7155 PtrKernelParam, 7156 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7157 InvalidKernelParam, 7158 RecordKernelParam 7159 }; 7160 7161 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7162 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7163 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7164 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7165 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7166 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7167 : PtrKernelParam; 7168 } 7169 7170 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7171 // be used as builtin types. 7172 7173 if (PT->isImageType()) 7174 return PtrKernelParam; 7175 7176 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7177 return InvalidKernelParam; 7178 7179 if (PT->isEventT()) 7180 return InvalidKernelParam; 7181 7182 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7183 return InvalidKernelParam; 7184 7185 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7186 return RecordKernelParam; 7187 7188 return ValidKernelParam; 7189 } 7190 7191 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7192 Sema &S, 7193 Declarator &D, 7194 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7195 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7196 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7197 7198 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7199 // used again 7200 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7201 return; 7202 7203 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7204 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7205 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7206 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7207 // pointer to a pointer type. 7208 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7209 D.setInvalidType(); 7210 return; 7211 7212 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7213 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7214 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7215 // pointer to the private address space. 7216 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7217 D.setInvalidType(); 7218 return; 7219 7220 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7221 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7222 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7223 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7224 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7225 7226 case InvalidKernelParam: 7227 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7228 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7229 // of event_t type. 7230 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7231 D.setInvalidType(); 7232 return; 7233 7234 case PtrKernelParam: 7235 case ValidKernelParam: 7236 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7237 return; 7238 7239 case RecordKernelParam: 7240 break; 7241 } 7242 7243 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7244 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7245 7246 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7247 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7248 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7249 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7250 7251 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7252 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7253 7254 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7255 7256 do { 7257 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7258 if (!Next) { 7259 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7260 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7261 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7262 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7263 7264 continue; 7265 } 7266 7267 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7268 // field itself) to the history stack. 7269 const RecordDecl *RD; 7270 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7271 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7272 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7273 } else { 7274 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7275 } 7276 7277 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7278 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7279 7280 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7281 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7282 7283 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7284 continue; 7285 7286 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7287 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7288 continue; 7289 7290 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7291 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7292 continue; 7293 } 7294 7295 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7296 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7297 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7298 // union. 7299 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7300 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7301 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7302 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7303 << PT->isUnionType() 7304 << PT; 7305 } else { 7306 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7307 } 7308 7309 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7310 << PD->getDeclName(); 7311 7312 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7313 // the offending field came from 7314 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7315 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7316 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7317 I != E; ++I) { 7318 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7319 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7320 << OuterField->getType(); 7321 } 7322 7323 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7324 << QT->isPointerType() 7325 << QT; 7326 D.setInvalidType(); 7327 return; 7328 } 7329 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7330 } 7331 7332 NamedDecl* 7333 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7334 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7335 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7336 bool &AddToScope) { 7337 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7338 7339 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7340 7341 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7342 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7343 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7344 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7345 7346 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7347 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7348 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7349 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7350 7351 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7352 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7353 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7354 7355 bool isFriend = false; 7356 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7357 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7358 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7359 7360 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7361 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7362 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7363 7364 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7365 7366 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7367 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7368 7369 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7370 isVirtualOkay); 7371 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7372 7373 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7374 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7375 7376 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7377 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7378 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7379 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7380 7381 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7382 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7383 7384 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7385 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7386 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7387 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7388 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7389 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7390 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7391 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7392 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7393 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7394 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7395 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7396 } 7397 7398 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7399 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7400 // return true). 7401 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7402 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7403 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7404 NewFD->setPure(true); 7405 7406 // C++ [class.union]p2 7407 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7408 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7409 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7410 } 7411 7412 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7413 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7414 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7415 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7416 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7417 7418 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7419 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7420 bool Invalid = false; 7421 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7422 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7423 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7424 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7425 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7426 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7427 : nullptr, 7428 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7429 Invalid)) { 7430 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7431 // This is a function template 7432 7433 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7434 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7435 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7436 7437 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7438 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7439 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7440 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7441 } 7442 7443 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7444 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7445 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7446 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7447 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7448 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7449 Invalid = true; 7450 } 7451 7452 7453 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7454 NewFD->getLocation(), 7455 Name, TemplateParams, 7456 NewFD); 7457 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7458 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7459 7460 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7461 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7462 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7463 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7464 } 7465 } else { 7466 // This is a function template specialization. 7467 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7468 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7469 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7470 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7471 7472 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7473 if (isFriend) { 7474 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7475 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7476 7477 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7478 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7479 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7480 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7481 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7482 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7483 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7484 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7485 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7486 } 7487 7488 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7489 << Name << RemoveRange 7490 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7491 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7492 } 7493 } 7494 } 7495 else { 7496 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7497 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7498 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7499 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7500 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7501 } 7502 7503 if (Invalid) { 7504 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7505 if (FunctionTemplate) 7506 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7507 } 7508 7509 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7510 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7511 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7512 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7513 // 7514 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7515 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7516 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7517 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7518 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7519 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7520 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7521 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7522 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7523 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7524 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7525 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7526 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7527 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7528 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7529 } else { 7530 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7531 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7532 } 7533 7534 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7535 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7536 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7537 } 7538 7539 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7540 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7541 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7542 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7543 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7544 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7545 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7546 // thing to do. 7547 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7548 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7549 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7550 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7551 QualType Result = 7552 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7553 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7554 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7555 } 7556 7557 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7558 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7559 // declaration. 7560 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7561 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7562 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7563 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7564 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7565 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7566 } 7567 } 7568 7569 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7570 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7571 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7572 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7573 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7574 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7575 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7576 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7577 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7578 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7579 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7580 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7581 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7582 // or conversion function. 7583 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7584 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7585 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7586 } 7587 } 7588 7589 if (isConstexpr) { 7590 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7591 // are implicitly inline. 7592 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7593 7594 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7595 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7596 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7597 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7598 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7599 } 7600 7601 if (isConcept) { 7602 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7603 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7604 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7605 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7606 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7607 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7608 } 7609 7610 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7611 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7612 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7613 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7614 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7615 SourceRange Range; 7616 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7617 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7618 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7619 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7620 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7621 } else { 7622 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7623 } 7624 7625 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7626 // following restrictions: 7627 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 7628 // parameter list. 7629 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 7630 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 7631 } 7632 7633 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7634 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7635 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7636 7637 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7638 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 7639 // specifiers, [...] 7640 if (isInline) { 7641 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7642 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7643 << 1 << 1; 7644 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7645 } 7646 7647 if (isFriend) { 7648 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 7649 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7650 << 1 << 2; 7651 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7652 } 7653 7654 if (isConstexpr) { 7655 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7656 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7657 << 1 << 3; 7658 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7659 } 7660 } 7661 7662 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7663 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7664 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7665 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7666 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7667 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7668 << 0 7669 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7670 } else { 7671 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7672 if (FunctionTemplate) 7673 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7674 } 7675 } 7676 7677 if (isFriend) { 7678 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7679 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7680 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7681 } 7682 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7683 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7684 } 7685 7686 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7687 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7688 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7689 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7690 case FDK_Declaration: 7691 case FDK_Definition: 7692 break; 7693 7694 case FDK_Defaulted: 7695 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7696 break; 7697 7698 case FDK_Deleted: 7699 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7700 break; 7701 } 7702 7703 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7704 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7705 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7706 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7707 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7708 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7709 } 7710 7711 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7712 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7713 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7714 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7715 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7716 // the class. 7717 7718 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7719 // member function definition. 7720 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7721 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7722 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7723 } 7724 7725 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7726 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7727 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7728 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7729 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7730 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7731 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7732 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7733 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7734 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7735 } 7736 7737 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7738 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7739 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7740 isExplicitSpecialization || 7741 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7742 7743 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7744 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7745 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7746 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7747 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7748 SE->getString(), 0)); 7749 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7750 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7751 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7752 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7753 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7754 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7755 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7756 } else 7757 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7758 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7759 } 7760 } 7761 7762 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7763 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7764 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7765 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7766 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7767 7768 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7769 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7770 // single void argument. 7771 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7772 // already checks for that case. 7773 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7774 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7775 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7776 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7777 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7778 Params.push_back(Param); 7779 7780 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7781 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7782 } 7783 } 7784 7785 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7786 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7787 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7788 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7789 // 7790 // @code 7791 // typedef void fn(int); 7792 // fn f; 7793 // @endcode 7794 7795 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7796 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7797 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7798 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7799 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7800 Params.push_back(Param); 7801 } 7802 } else { 7803 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7804 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7805 } 7806 7807 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7808 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7809 7810 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7811 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7812 // 7813 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7814 // 7815 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7816 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7817 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7818 7819 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7820 NewFD->addAttr( 7821 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7822 Context, 0)); 7823 7824 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7825 // because all functions have linkage. 7826 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7827 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7828 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7829 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7830 } 7831 7832 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7833 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7834 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7835 NewFD->addAttr( 7836 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7837 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7838 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7839 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7840 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7841 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7842 NewFD)) 7843 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7844 } 7845 7846 // Handle attributes. 7847 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7848 7849 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7850 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7851 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7852 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7853 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7854 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7855 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7856 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7857 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7858 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7859 } 7860 } 7861 7862 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7863 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7864 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7865 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7866 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7867 7868 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7869 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7870 7871 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7872 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7873 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7874 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7875 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7876 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7877 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7878 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7879 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7880 7881 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7882 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7883 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7884 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7885 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7886 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7887 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7888 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7889 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7890 int DiagID = 7891 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7892 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7893 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7894 } 7895 } 7896 } else { 7897 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7898 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7899 // 7900 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7901 // 7902 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7903 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7904 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7905 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7906 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7907 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7908 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7909 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7910 7911 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7912 // argument list into our AST format. 7913 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7914 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7915 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7916 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7917 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7918 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7919 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7920 TemplateArgs); 7921 7922 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7923 7924 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7925 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7926 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7927 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7928 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7929 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7930 7931 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7932 } else { 7933 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7934 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7935 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7936 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7937 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7938 } 7939 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7940 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7941 // wrote something like: 7942 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7943 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7944 // friend void foo<>(int); 7945 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7946 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7947 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7948 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7949 } 7950 7951 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7952 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7953 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7954 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7955 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7956 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7957 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7958 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7959 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7960 InstantiationDependent))) { 7961 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7962 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7963 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7964 Previous)) 7965 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7966 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7967 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7968 && !isFriend) { 7969 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7970 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7971 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7972 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7973 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7974 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7975 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7976 : nullptr), 7977 Previous)) 7978 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7979 7980 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7981 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7982 // specialization (14.7.3) 7983 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7984 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7985 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7986 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7987 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7988 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7989 << SC 7990 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7991 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7992 7993 else 7994 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7995 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7996 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7997 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7998 } 7999 8000 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8001 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8002 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8003 } 8004 8005 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8006 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8007 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8008 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8009 8010 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8011 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8012 8013 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8014 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8015 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8016 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8017 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8018 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8019 } 8020 8021 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8022 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8023 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8024 8025 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8026 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8027 : NewFD); 8028 8029 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 8030 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8031 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8032 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8033 8034 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8035 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8036 } 8037 8038 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8039 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8040 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8041 8042 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8043 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8044 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8045 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8046 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8047 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8048 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8049 : nullptr, 8050 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8051 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8052 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8053 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8054 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8055 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8056 DC->isDependentContext()) 8057 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8058 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8059 } 8060 8061 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8062 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8063 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8064 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8065 AddToScope }; 8066 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8067 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8068 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8069 8070 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8071 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8072 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8073 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8074 8075 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8076 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8077 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8078 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8079 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8080 // can actually do this check immediately. 8081 if (isFriend && 8082 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8083 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8084 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8085 // ignore these 8086 } else { 8087 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8088 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8089 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8090 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8091 // 8092 // class X { 8093 // void f() const; 8094 // }; 8095 // 8096 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8097 // 8098 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8099 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8100 // whether the parameter types are references). 8101 8102 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8103 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8104 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8105 return Result; 8106 } 8107 } 8108 8109 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8110 // to something. 8111 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8112 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8113 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8114 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8115 return Result; 8116 } 8117 } 8118 8119 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8120 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8121 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8122 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8123 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8124 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8125 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8126 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8127 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8128 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8129 // generate them. 8130 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8131 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8132 } 8133 } 8134 8135 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8136 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8137 8138 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8139 8140 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8141 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8142 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8143 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8144 << NewFD; 8145 8146 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8147 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8148 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8149 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8150 EPI.Variadic = true; 8151 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8152 8153 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8154 NewFD->setType(R); 8155 } 8156 8157 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8158 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8159 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8160 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8161 8162 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8163 // marking the function. 8164 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8165 8166 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8167 // a pragma. 8168 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8169 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8170 8171 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8172 // the map of such variables. 8173 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8174 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8175 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8176 8177 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8178 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8179 8180 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8181 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8182 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8183 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8184 } 8185 8186 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8187 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8188 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8189 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8190 return FunctionTemplate; 8191 } 8192 } 8193 8194 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8195 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8196 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8197 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8198 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8199 D.setInvalidType(); 8200 } 8201 8202 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8203 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8204 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8205 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8206 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8207 : FixItHint()); 8208 D.setInvalidType(); 8209 } 8210 8211 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8212 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8213 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8214 } 8215 8216 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8217 8218 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8219 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 8220 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8221 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8222 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 8223 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8224 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8225 8226 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8227 } 8228 } 8229 8230 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8231 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8232 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8233 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8234 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8235 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8236 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8237 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8238 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8239 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8240 AddToScope = false; 8241 } 8242 8243 return NewFD; 8244 } 8245 8246 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8247 /// 8248 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8249 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8250 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8251 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8252 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8253 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8254 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8255 /// 8256 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8257 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8258 /// 8259 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8260 /// 8261 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8262 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8263 LookupResult &Previous, 8264 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8265 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8266 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8267 8268 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8269 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8270 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8271 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8272 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8273 8274 bool Redeclaration = false; 8275 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8276 8277 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8278 // the same name, if appropriate. 8279 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8280 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8281 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8282 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8283 // function to the scope. 8284 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8285 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8286 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8287 Redeclaration = true; 8288 OldDecl = Candidate; 8289 } 8290 } else { 8291 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8292 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8293 case Ovl_Match: 8294 Redeclaration = true; 8295 break; 8296 8297 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8298 Redeclaration = true; 8299 break; 8300 8301 case Ovl_Overload: 8302 Redeclaration = false; 8303 break; 8304 } 8305 8306 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8307 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8308 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8309 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8310 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8311 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8312 if (Redeclaration) 8313 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8314 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8315 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8316 if (OverloadedDecl) 8317 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8318 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8319 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8320 } 8321 } 8322 } 8323 8324 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8325 if (!Redeclaration && 8326 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8327 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8328 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8329 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8330 Redeclaration = true; 8331 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8332 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8333 8334 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8335 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8336 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8337 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8338 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8339 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8340 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8341 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8342 } 8343 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8344 Redeclaration = false; 8345 OldDecl = nullptr; 8346 } 8347 } 8348 } 8349 } 8350 8351 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8352 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8353 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8354 // 8355 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8356 // definition of a static member function. 8357 // 8358 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8359 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8360 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8361 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8362 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8363 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8364 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8365 if (OldDecl) 8366 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8367 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8368 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8369 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8370 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8371 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8372 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8373 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8374 8375 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8376 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8377 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8378 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8379 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8380 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8381 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8382 8383 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8384 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8385 } 8386 } 8387 } 8388 8389 if (Redeclaration) { 8390 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8391 // merged. 8392 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8393 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8394 return Redeclaration; 8395 } 8396 8397 Previous.clear(); 8398 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8399 8400 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8401 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8402 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8403 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8404 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8405 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8406 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8407 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8408 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8409 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8410 } 8411 8412 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8413 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8414 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8415 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8416 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8417 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8418 } 8419 8420 } else { 8421 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8422 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8423 8424 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8425 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8426 } 8427 } 8428 8429 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8430 8431 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8432 // C++-specific checks. 8433 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8434 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8435 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8436 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8437 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8438 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8439 8440 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8441 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8442 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8443 DeclarationName Name 8444 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8445 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8446 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8447 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8448 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8449 return Redeclaration; 8450 } 8451 } 8452 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8453 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8454 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8455 } 8456 8457 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8458 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8459 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8460 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8461 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8462 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8463 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8464 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8465 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8466 } 8467 } 8468 } 8469 8470 if (Method->isStatic()) 8471 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8472 } 8473 8474 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8475 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8476 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8477 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8478 return Redeclaration; 8479 } 8480 8481 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8482 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8483 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8484 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8485 return Redeclaration; 8486 } 8487 8488 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8489 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8490 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8491 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8492 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8493 8494 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8495 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8496 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8497 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8498 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8499 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8500 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8501 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8502 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8503 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8504 } 8505 } 8506 8507 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8508 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8509 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8510 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8511 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8512 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8513 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8514 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8515 << NewFD << R; 8516 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8517 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8518 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8519 } 8520 } 8521 return Redeclaration; 8522 } 8523 8524 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8525 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8526 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8527 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8528 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8529 // appear in a declaration of main. 8530 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8531 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8532 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8533 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8534 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8535 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8536 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8537 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8538 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8539 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8540 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8541 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8542 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8543 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8544 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8545 } 8546 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8547 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8548 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8549 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8550 } 8551 8552 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8553 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8554 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8555 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8556 return; 8557 } 8558 8559 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8560 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8561 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8562 8563 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8564 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8565 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8566 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8567 8568 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8569 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8570 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8571 else { 8572 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8573 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8574 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8575 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8576 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8577 } 8578 } else { 8579 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8580 // set the flag which tells us that. 8581 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8582 8583 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8584 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8585 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8586 else { 8587 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8588 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8589 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8590 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8591 : FixItHint()); 8592 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8593 } 8594 } 8595 8596 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8597 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8598 8599 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8600 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8601 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8602 8603 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8604 8605 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8606 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8607 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8608 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8609 } 8610 8611 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8612 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8613 // getting shifty. 8614 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8615 HasExtraParameters = false; 8616 8617 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8618 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8619 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8620 nparams = 3; 8621 } 8622 8623 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8624 // if we had some location information about types. 8625 8626 QualType CharPP = 8627 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8628 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8629 8630 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8631 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8632 8633 bool mismatch = true; 8634 8635 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8636 mismatch = false; 8637 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8638 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8639 // char const ** 8640 // char const * const * 8641 // char * const * 8642 8643 QualifierCollector qs; 8644 const PointerType* PT; 8645 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8646 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8647 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8648 Context.CharTy)) { 8649 qs.removeConst(); 8650 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8651 } 8652 } 8653 8654 if (mismatch) { 8655 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8656 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8657 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8658 } 8659 } 8660 8661 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8662 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8663 } 8664 8665 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8666 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8667 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8668 } 8669 } 8670 8671 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8672 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8673 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8674 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8675 8676 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8677 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8678 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8679 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8680 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8681 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8682 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8683 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8684 8685 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8686 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8687 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8688 } 8689 } 8690 8691 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8692 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8693 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8694 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8695 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8696 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8697 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8698 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8699 // rules there don't matter.) 8700 const Expr *Culprit; 8701 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8702 return false; 8703 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8704 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8705 return true; 8706 } 8707 8708 namespace { 8709 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8710 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8711 class SelfReferenceChecker 8712 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8713 Sema &S; 8714 Decl *OrigDecl; 8715 bool isRecordType; 8716 bool isPODType; 8717 bool isReferenceType; 8718 8719 bool isInitList; 8720 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8721 public: 8722 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8723 8724 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8725 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8726 isPODType = false; 8727 isRecordType = false; 8728 isReferenceType = false; 8729 isInitList = false; 8730 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8731 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8732 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8733 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8734 } 8735 } 8736 8737 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8738 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8739 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8740 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8741 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8742 if (!InitList) { 8743 Visit(E); 8744 return; 8745 } 8746 8747 // Track and increment the index here. 8748 isInitList = true; 8749 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8750 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8751 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8752 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8753 } 8754 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8755 } 8756 8757 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8758 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8759 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8760 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8761 Expr *Base = E; 8762 bool ReferenceField = false; 8763 8764 // Get the field memebers used. 8765 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8766 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8767 if (!FD) 8768 return false; 8769 Fields.push_back(FD); 8770 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8771 ReferenceField = true; 8772 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8773 } 8774 8775 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8776 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8777 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8778 return false; 8779 8780 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8781 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8782 return true; 8783 8784 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8785 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8786 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 8787 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 8788 8789 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8790 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8791 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8792 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8793 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8794 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8795 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8796 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8797 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8798 return true; 8799 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8800 break; 8801 } 8802 8803 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8804 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8805 return true; 8806 } 8807 8808 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8809 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8810 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8811 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8812 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8813 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8814 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8815 return; 8816 } 8817 8818 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8819 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8820 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8821 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8822 return; 8823 } 8824 8825 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8826 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8827 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8828 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8829 return; 8830 } 8831 8832 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8833 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8834 return; 8835 } 8836 8837 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8838 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8839 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8840 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8841 return; 8842 } 8843 } 8844 8845 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8846 if (isInitList) { 8847 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8848 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8849 return; 8850 } 8851 8852 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8853 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8854 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8855 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8856 return; 8857 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8858 } 8859 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8860 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8861 return; 8862 } 8863 8864 Visit(E); 8865 } 8866 8867 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8868 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8869 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8870 if (isReferenceType) 8871 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8872 } 8873 8874 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8875 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8876 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8877 return; 8878 } 8879 8880 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8881 } 8882 8883 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8884 if (isInitList) { 8885 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8886 return; 8887 } 8888 8889 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8890 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8891 8892 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8893 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8894 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8895 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8896 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8897 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8898 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8899 Warn = false; 8900 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8901 } 8902 8903 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8904 if (Warn) 8905 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8906 return; 8907 } 8908 8909 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8910 // Visit that expression. 8911 Visit(Base); 8912 } 8913 8914 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8915 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8916 8917 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8918 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8919 8920 Visit(Callee); 8921 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8922 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8923 } 8924 8925 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8926 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8927 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8928 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8929 if (!isPODType) 8930 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8931 return; 8932 } 8933 8934 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8935 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8936 return; 8937 } 8938 8939 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8940 } 8941 8942 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8943 8944 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8945 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8946 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8947 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8948 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8949 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8950 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8951 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8952 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8953 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8954 return; 8955 } 8956 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8957 } 8958 8959 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8960 // Treat std::move as a use. 8961 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8962 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8963 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8964 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8965 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8966 return; 8967 } 8968 } 8969 } 8970 8971 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8972 } 8973 8974 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8975 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8976 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8977 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8978 return; 8979 } 8980 8981 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8982 } 8983 8984 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8985 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8986 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8987 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8988 Visit(E->getCond()); 8989 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8990 } 8991 8992 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8993 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8994 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8995 unsigned diag; 8996 if (isReferenceType) { 8997 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8998 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8999 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9000 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9001 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9002 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9003 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9004 } else { 9005 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9006 return; 9007 } 9008 9009 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9010 S.PDiag(diag) 9011 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9012 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9013 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9014 } 9015 }; 9016 9017 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9018 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9019 bool DirectInit) { 9020 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9021 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9022 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9023 return; 9024 9025 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9026 9027 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9028 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9029 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9030 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9031 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9032 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9033 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9034 return; 9035 9036 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9037 } 9038 } 9039 9040 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9041 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9042 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9043 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9044 Expr *Init) { 9045 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9046 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9047 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9048 9049 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9050 if (DirectInit) { 9051 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9052 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9053 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9054 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9055 } 9056 9057 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9058 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9059 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9060 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9061 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9062 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9063 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9064 << Name << Type << Range; 9065 return QualType(); 9066 } 9067 9068 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9069 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9070 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9071 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9072 << Name << Type << Range; 9073 return QualType(); 9074 } 9075 9076 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9077 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9078 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9079 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9080 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9081 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9082 return QualType(); 9083 } 9084 9085 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9086 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9087 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9088 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9089 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9090 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9091 return QualType(); 9092 } 9093 Init = Result.get(); 9094 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9095 } 9096 9097 QualType DeducedType; 9098 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9099 if (!IsInitCapture) 9100 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9101 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9102 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9103 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9104 << Name 9105 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9106 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9107 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9108 else 9109 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9110 << Name << TSI->getType() 9111 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9112 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9113 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9114 } 9115 9116 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9117 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9118 // checks. 9119 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9120 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9121 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9122 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9123 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9124 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9125 } 9126 9127 return DeducedType; 9128 } 9129 9130 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9131 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9132 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9133 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9134 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9135 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9136 // the initializer. 9137 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9138 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9139 return; 9140 } 9141 9142 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9143 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9144 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9145 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9146 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9147 return; 9148 } 9149 9150 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9151 if (!VDecl) { 9152 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9153 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9154 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9155 return; 9156 } 9157 9158 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9159 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9160 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9161 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9162 // TypoExpr. 9163 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9164 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9165 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9166 return; 9167 } 9168 Init = Res.get(); 9169 9170 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9171 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9172 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9173 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9174 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9175 return; 9176 } 9177 9178 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9179 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9180 9181 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9182 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9183 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9184 9185 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9186 // the previously declared type. 9187 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9188 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9189 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9190 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9191 } 9192 9193 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9194 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9195 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9196 return; 9197 } 9198 9199 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9200 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9201 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9202 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9203 return; 9204 } 9205 9206 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9207 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9208 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9209 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9210 return; 9211 } 9212 9213 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9214 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9215 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9216 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9217 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9218 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9219 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9220 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9221 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9222 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9223 return; 9224 } 9225 9226 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9227 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9228 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9229 AbstractVariableType)) 9230 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9231 } 9232 9233 VarDecl *Def; 9234 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9235 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9236 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9237 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9238 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9239 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9240 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9241 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9242 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9243 } else { 9244 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9245 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9246 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9247 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9248 return; 9249 } 9250 } 9251 9252 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9253 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9254 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9255 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9256 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9257 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9258 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9259 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9260 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9261 // 9262 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9263 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9264 // declaration with an initializer. 9265 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9266 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9267 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9268 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9269 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9270 << 0; 9271 return; 9272 } 9273 9274 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9275 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9276 9277 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9278 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9279 return; 9280 } 9281 } 9282 9283 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9284 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9285 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9286 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9287 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9288 return; 9289 } 9290 9291 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9292 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9293 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9294 9295 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9296 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9297 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9298 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9299 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9300 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9301 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9302 return; 9303 } 9304 Init = Result.get(); 9305 } 9306 9307 // Perform the initialization. 9308 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9309 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9310 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9311 InitializationKind Kind = 9312 DirectInit 9313 ? CXXDirectInit 9314 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9315 Init->getLocStart(), 9316 Init->getLocEnd()) 9317 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9318 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9319 Init->getLocStart()); 9320 9321 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9322 if (CXXDirectInit) 9323 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9324 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9325 9326 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9327 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9328 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9329 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9330 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9331 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9332 }); 9333 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9334 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9335 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9336 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9337 } 9338 } 9339 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9340 return; 9341 9342 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 9343 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9344 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9345 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9346 return; 9347 } 9348 9349 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9350 } 9351 9352 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9353 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9354 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9355 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9356 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9357 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9358 } 9359 9360 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9361 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9362 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9363 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9364 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9365 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9366 9367 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9368 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9369 9370 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9371 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9372 9373 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9374 // Although this code can still have problems: 9375 // id x = self.weakProp; 9376 // id y = self.weakProp; 9377 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9378 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9379 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9380 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9381 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9382 Init->getLocStart())) 9383 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9384 } 9385 9386 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9387 // 9388 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9389 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9390 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9391 // 9392 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9393 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9394 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9395 // 9396 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9397 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9398 false, 9399 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9400 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9401 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9402 return; 9403 } 9404 Init = Result.get(); 9405 9406 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9407 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9408 9409 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9410 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9411 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9412 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9413 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9414 const Expr *Culprit; 9415 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9416 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9417 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9418 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9419 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9420 // constant expressions. 9421 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9422 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9423 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9424 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9425 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9426 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9427 } 9428 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9429 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9430 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9431 // 9432 // struct S { 9433 // static const int value = 17; 9434 // }; 9435 9436 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9437 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9438 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9439 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9440 // 9441 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9442 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9443 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9444 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9445 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9446 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9447 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9448 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9449 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9450 9451 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9452 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9453 9454 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9455 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9456 // type. 9457 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9458 9459 // Require constness. 9460 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9461 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9462 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9463 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9464 9465 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9466 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9467 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9468 SourceLocation Loc; 9469 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9470 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9471 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9472 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9473 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9474 ; // Nothing to check. 9475 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9476 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9477 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9478 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9479 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9480 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9481 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9482 } else { 9483 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9484 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9485 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9486 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9487 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9488 } 9489 9490 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9491 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9492 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9493 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9494 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9495 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9496 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9497 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9498 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9499 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9500 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9501 } else { 9502 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9503 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9504 9505 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9506 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9507 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9508 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9509 } 9510 } 9511 9512 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9513 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9514 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9515 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9516 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9517 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9518 9519 } else { 9520 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9521 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9522 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9523 } 9524 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9525 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9526 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9527 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9528 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9529 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9530 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9531 9532 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9533 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9534 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9535 } 9536 9537 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9538 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9539 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9540 // 9541 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9542 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9543 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9544 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9545 // special case code. 9546 9547 // C++ 8.5p11: 9548 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9549 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9550 // class type. 9551 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9552 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9553 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9554 } else if (DirectInit) { 9555 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9556 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9557 } 9558 9559 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9560 } 9561 9562 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9563 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9564 /// of sanity. 9565 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9566 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9567 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9568 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9569 9570 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9571 if (!VD) return; 9572 9573 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9574 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9575 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9576 return; 9577 } 9578 9579 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9580 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9581 9582 // Require a complete type. 9583 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9584 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9585 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9586 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9587 return; 9588 } 9589 9590 // Require a non-abstract type. 9591 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9592 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9593 AbstractVariableType)) { 9594 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9595 return; 9596 } 9597 9598 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9599 // though. 9600 } 9601 9602 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9603 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9604 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9605 if (!RealDecl) 9606 return; 9607 9608 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9609 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9610 9611 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9612 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9613 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9614 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9615 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9616 return; 9617 } 9618 9619 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9620 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9621 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9622 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9623 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9624 // member. 9625 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9626 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9627 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9628 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9629 << Var->getDeclName(); 9630 else 9631 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9632 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9633 return; 9634 } 9635 9636 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9637 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9638 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9639 if (Var->isConcept()) { 9640 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9641 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9642 return; 9643 } 9644 9645 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9646 // be initialized. 9647 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9648 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9649 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9650 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9651 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9652 return; 9653 } 9654 9655 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9656 case VarDecl::Definition: 9657 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9658 break; 9659 9660 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9661 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9662 // a declaration. 9663 // 9664 // Fall through 9665 9666 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9667 // It's only a declaration. 9668 9669 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9670 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9671 // object shall be complete. 9672 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9673 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9674 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9675 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9676 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9677 9678 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9679 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9680 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9681 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9682 AbstractVariableType)) 9683 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9684 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9685 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9686 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9687 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9688 } 9689 9690 return; 9691 9692 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9693 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9694 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9695 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9696 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9697 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9698 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9699 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9700 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9701 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9702 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9703 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9704 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9705 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9706 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9707 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9708 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9709 // NOTE: code such as the following 9710 // static struct s; 9711 // struct s { int a; }; 9712 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9713 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9714 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9715 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9716 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9717 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9718 } 9719 } 9720 9721 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9722 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9723 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9724 return; 9725 } 9726 9727 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9728 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9729 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9730 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9731 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9732 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9733 return; 9734 } 9735 9736 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9737 // definitions with reference type. 9738 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9739 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9740 << Var->getDeclName() 9741 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9742 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9743 return; 9744 } 9745 9746 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9747 // variable with dependent type. 9748 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9749 return; 9750 9751 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9752 return; 9753 9754 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9755 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9756 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9757 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9758 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9759 return; 9760 } 9761 } else { 9762 return; 9763 } 9764 9765 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9766 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9767 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9768 AbstractVariableType)) { 9769 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9770 return; 9771 } 9772 9773 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9774 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9775 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9776 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9777 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9778 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9779 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9780 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9781 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9782 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9783 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9784 if (const RecordType *Record 9785 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9786 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9787 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9788 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9789 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9790 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9791 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9792 } 9793 } 9794 9795 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9796 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9797 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9798 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9799 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9800 // type shall have a user-declared default 9801 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9802 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9803 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9804 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9805 // program is ill-formed. 9806 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9807 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9808 // default-initialized; [...]. 9809 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9810 InitializationKind Kind 9811 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9812 9813 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9814 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9815 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9816 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9817 else if (Init.get()) { 9818 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9819 // This is important for template substitution. 9820 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9821 } 9822 9823 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9824 } 9825 } 9826 9827 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9828 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9829 if (!VD) { 9830 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9831 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9832 return; 9833 } 9834 9835 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9836 9837 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9838 int Error = -1; 9839 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9840 case SC_None: 9841 break; 9842 case SC_Extern: 9843 Error = 0; 9844 break; 9845 case SC_Static: 9846 Error = 1; 9847 break; 9848 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9849 Error = 2; 9850 break; 9851 case SC_Auto: 9852 Error = 3; 9853 break; 9854 case SC_Register: 9855 Error = 4; 9856 break; 9857 } 9858 if (Error != -1) { 9859 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9860 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9861 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9862 } 9863 } 9864 9865 StmtResult 9866 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9867 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9868 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9869 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9870 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9871 // A range-based for statement of the form 9872 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9873 // is equivalent to 9874 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9875 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9876 9877 const char *PrevSpec; 9878 unsigned DiagID; 9879 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9880 getPrintingPolicy()); 9881 9882 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9883 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9884 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9885 9886 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9887 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9888 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9889 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9890 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9891 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9892 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9893 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9894 } 9895 9896 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9897 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9898 9899 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9900 // local retaining variable. 9901 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 9902 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9903 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9904 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9905 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9906 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9907 break; 9908 9909 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9910 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9911 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9912 break; 9913 } 9914 } 9915 9916 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9917 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9918 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9919 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9920 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9921 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9922 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9923 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9924 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9925 var->getLocation())) { 9926 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9927 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9928 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9929 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9930 9931 if (!prev) 9932 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9933 } 9934 9935 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9936 const Expr *Culprit; 9937 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9938 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9939 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9940 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9941 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9942 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9943 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9944 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9945 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9946 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9947 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9948 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9949 // initialization. 9950 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9951 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9952 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9953 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9954 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9955 } 9956 9957 } 9958 9959 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 9960 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 9961 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9962 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9963 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9964 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9965 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9966 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9967 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9968 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9969 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9970 } else { 9971 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9972 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9973 } 9974 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9975 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9976 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9977 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9978 } 9979 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9980 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9981 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9982 9983 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9984 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9985 // attribute. 9986 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9987 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9988 CurInitSegLoc)); 9989 } 9990 9991 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9992 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9993 9994 QualType type = var->getType(); 9995 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9996 9997 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9998 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9999 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10000 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10001 10002 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10003 // constructing this copy. 10004 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10005 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10006 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10007 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10008 ExprResult result 10009 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10010 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10011 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10012 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10013 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10014 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10015 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10016 } 10017 } 10018 } 10019 10020 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10021 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10022 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10023 10024 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10025 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10026 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 10027 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10028 var->getLocation())) { 10029 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10030 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10031 // warned about them. 10032 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10033 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 10034 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 10035 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10036 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10037 } 10038 10039 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10040 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10041 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10042 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10043 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10044 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10045 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10046 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10047 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10048 Notes.clear(); 10049 } 10050 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10051 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10052 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10053 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10054 } 10055 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10056 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10057 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10058 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10059 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10060 } 10061 } 10062 10063 // Require the destructor. 10064 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10065 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10066 } 10067 10068 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10069 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10070 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10071 return true; 10072 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10073 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10074 return true; 10075 return false; 10076 } 10077 10078 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10079 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10080 void 10081 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10082 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10083 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10084 10085 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10086 if (!VD) 10087 return; 10088 10089 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10090 10091 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10092 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10093 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10094 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10095 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10096 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10097 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10098 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10099 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10100 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10101 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10102 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10103 } 10104 } 10105 } 10106 10107 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10108 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10109 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10110 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10111 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10112 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10113 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10114 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10115 } 10116 } 10117 } 10118 10119 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10120 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10121 10122 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10123 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10124 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10125 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10126 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10127 // with a warning. 10128 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10129 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10130 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10131 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10132 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10133 10134 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10135 IsClassTemplateMember 10136 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10137 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10138 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10139 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10140 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10141 } 10142 } 10143 10144 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10145 // isn't exported with the variable. 10146 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10147 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10148 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10149 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10150 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10151 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10152 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10153 } else { 10154 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10155 << DLLAttr; 10156 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10157 } 10158 } 10159 10160 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10161 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10162 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10163 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10164 } 10165 } 10166 10167 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10168 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10169 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10170 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10171 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10172 10173 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10174 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10175 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10176 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10177 10178 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10179 // tag values. 10180 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10181 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10182 return; 10183 10184 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10185 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10186 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10187 continue; 10188 } 10189 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10190 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10191 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10192 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10193 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10194 continue; 10195 } 10196 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10197 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10198 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10199 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10200 continue; 10201 } 10202 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10203 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10204 MagicValue, 10205 I->getMatchingCType(), 10206 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10207 I->getMustBeNull()); 10208 } 10209 } 10210 10211 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10212 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10213 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10214 10215 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10216 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10217 10218 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10219 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10220 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10221 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10222 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10223 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10224 Decls.push_back(D); 10225 } 10226 10227 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10228 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10229 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10230 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10231 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10232 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10233 } 10234 } 10235 10236 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10237 } 10238 10239 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10240 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10241 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10242 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10243 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10244 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10245 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10246 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10247 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10248 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10249 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10250 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10251 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10252 QualType Deduced; 10253 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10254 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10255 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10256 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10257 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10258 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10259 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10260 break; 10261 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10262 if (!U.isNull()) { 10263 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10264 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10265 Deduced = U; 10266 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10267 DeducedDecl = D; 10268 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10269 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10270 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10271 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 10272 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10273 << U << D->getDeclName() 10274 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10275 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10276 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10277 break; 10278 } 10279 } 10280 } 10281 } 10282 } 10283 10284 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10285 10286 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10287 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10288 } 10289 10290 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10291 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10292 } 10293 10294 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10295 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10296 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10297 return; 10298 10299 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10300 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10301 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10302 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10303 return; 10304 10305 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10306 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10307 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10308 // additional declaration references: 10309 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10310 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10311 // 'struct S *pS;' 10312 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10313 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10314 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10315 Group = Group.slice(1); 10316 } 10317 } 10318 10319 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10320 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10321 if (!Comments.empty() && 10322 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10323 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10324 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10325 // 10326 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10327 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10328 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10329 // ahead through comments. 10330 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10331 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10332 } 10333 } 10334 10335 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10336 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10337 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10338 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10339 10340 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10341 10342 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10343 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10344 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10345 SC = SC_Register; 10346 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10347 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10348 SC = SC_Auto; 10349 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10350 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10351 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10352 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10353 } 10354 10355 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10356 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10357 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10358 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10359 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10360 << 0; 10361 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 10362 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 10363 10364 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10365 10366 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10367 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10368 10369 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10370 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10371 // parameter. 10372 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10373 10374 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10375 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10376 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10377 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10378 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10379 } 10380 } 10381 10382 // Ensure we have a valid name 10383 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10384 if (D.hasName()) { 10385 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10386 if (!II) { 10387 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10388 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10389 D.setInvalidType(true); 10390 } 10391 } 10392 10393 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10394 if (II) { 10395 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10396 ForRedeclaration); 10397 LookupName(R, S); 10398 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10399 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10400 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10401 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10402 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10403 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10404 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10405 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10406 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10407 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10408 10409 // Recover by removing the name 10410 II = nullptr; 10411 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10412 D.setInvalidType(true); 10413 } 10414 } 10415 } 10416 10417 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10418 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10419 // looking like class members in C++. 10420 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10421 D.getLocStart(), 10422 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10423 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10424 SC); 10425 10426 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10427 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10428 10429 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10430 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10431 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10432 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10433 10434 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10435 S->AddDecl(New); 10436 if (II) 10437 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10438 10439 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10440 10441 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10442 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10443 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10444 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10445 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10446 10447 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10448 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10449 } 10450 return New; 10451 } 10452 10453 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10454 /// typedef. 10455 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10456 SourceLocation Loc, 10457 QualType T) { 10458 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10459 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10460 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10461 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10462 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10463 SC_None, nullptr); 10464 Param->setImplicit(); 10465 return Param; 10466 } 10467 10468 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10469 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10470 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10471 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10472 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10473 return; 10474 10475 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10476 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10477 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10478 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10479 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10480 } 10481 } 10482 } 10483 10484 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10485 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10486 QualType ReturnTy, 10487 NamedDecl *D) { 10488 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10489 return; 10490 10491 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10492 // threshold. 10493 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10494 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10495 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10496 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10497 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10498 } 10499 10500 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10501 // threshold. 10502 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10503 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10504 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10505 continue; 10506 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10507 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10508 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10509 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10510 } 10511 } 10512 10513 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10514 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10515 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10516 StorageClass SC) { 10517 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10518 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10519 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10520 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10521 10522 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10523 10524 // Special cases for arrays: 10525 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10526 // - otherwise, it's an error 10527 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10528 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10529 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10530 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10531 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10532 } 10533 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10534 } else { 10535 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10536 } 10537 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10538 } 10539 10540 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10541 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10542 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10543 10544 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10545 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10546 // the class has been completely parsed. 10547 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10548 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10549 AbstractParamType)) 10550 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10551 10552 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10553 // passed by reference. 10554 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10555 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10556 Diag(NameLoc, 10557 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10558 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10559 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10560 New->setType(T); 10561 } 10562 10563 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10564 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10565 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10566 // an address space. 10567 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10568 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10569 // to be qualified with an address space. 10570 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10571 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10572 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10573 } 10574 } 10575 10576 return New; 10577 } 10578 10579 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10580 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10581 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10582 10583 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10584 // for a K&R function. 10585 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10586 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10587 --i; 10588 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10589 SmallString<256> Code; 10590 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10591 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10592 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10593 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10594 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10595 10596 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10597 // type. 10598 AttributeFactory attrs; 10599 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10600 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10601 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10602 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10603 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10604 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10605 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10606 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10607 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10608 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10609 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10610 } 10611 } 10612 } 10613 } 10614 10615 Decl * 10616 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 10617 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10618 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10619 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10620 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10621 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10622 10623 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10624 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 10625 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 10626 } 10627 10628 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10629 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10630 } 10631 10632 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10633 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10634 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10635 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10636 return false; 10637 10638 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10639 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10640 return false; 10641 10642 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10643 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10644 return false; 10645 10646 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10647 if (FD->isMain()) 10648 return false; 10649 10650 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10651 if (FD->isInlined()) 10652 return false; 10653 10654 // Don't warn about function templates. 10655 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10656 return false; 10657 10658 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10659 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10660 return false; 10661 10662 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10663 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10664 return false; 10665 10666 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10667 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10668 return false; 10669 10670 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10671 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10672 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10673 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10674 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10675 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10676 continue; 10677 10678 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10679 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10680 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10681 break; 10682 } 10683 10684 return MissingPrototype; 10685 } 10686 10687 void 10688 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10689 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 10690 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10691 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10692 // was an extern inline function. 10693 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10694 if (!Definition) 10695 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10696 return; 10697 10698 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10699 return; 10700 10701 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10702 // a template, skip the new definition. 10703 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10704 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10705 Definition->isInlined() || 10706 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10707 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 10708 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 10709 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10710 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 10711 else 10712 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 10713 FD->getLocation()); 10714 return; 10715 } 10716 10717 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10718 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10719 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10720 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10721 else 10722 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10723 10724 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10725 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10726 } 10727 10728 10729 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10730 Sema &S) { 10731 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10732 10733 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10734 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10735 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10736 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10737 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10738 10739 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10740 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10741 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10742 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10743 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10744 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10745 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10746 10747 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10748 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10749 10750 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10751 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10752 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10753 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10754 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10755 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10756 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10757 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10758 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10759 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10760 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10761 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10762 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10763 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10764 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10765 10766 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10767 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10768 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10769 } else { 10770 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10771 } 10772 ++I; 10773 } 10774 } 10775 10776 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 10777 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10778 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10779 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10780 10781 if (!D) 10782 return D; 10783 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10784 10785 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10786 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10787 else 10788 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10789 10790 // See if this is a redefinition. 10791 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 10792 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 10793 10794 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 10795 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 10796 return D; 10797 } 10798 10799 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10800 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10801 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10802 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10803 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10804 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10805 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10806 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10807 // have the LSI properly restored. 10808 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10809 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10810 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10811 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10812 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10813 } 10814 else 10815 // Enter a new function scope 10816 PushFunctionScope(); 10817 10818 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10819 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10820 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10821 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10822 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10823 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10824 } 10825 } 10826 10827 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10828 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10829 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10830 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10831 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10832 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10833 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10834 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10835 10836 if (FnBodyScope) 10837 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10838 10839 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10840 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10841 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10842 10843 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10844 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10845 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10846 10847 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10848 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10849 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10850 10851 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10852 } 10853 } 10854 10855 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10856 // introduce them into the function scope. 10857 if (FnBodyScope) { 10858 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10859 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10860 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10861 I != E; ++I) { 10862 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10863 10864 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 10865 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 10866 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 10867 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10868 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10869 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10870 if (DI == D) { 10871 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10872 break; 10873 } 10874 } 10875 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10876 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10877 } 10878 10879 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10880 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10881 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10882 10883 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10884 // accessible in this scope. 10885 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10886 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10887 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10888 } 10889 } 10890 } 10891 10892 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10893 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10894 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10895 10896 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10897 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10898 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10899 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10900 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10901 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10902 return D; 10903 } 10904 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10905 // a function template). 10906 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10907 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10908 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10909 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10910 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10911 10912 return D; 10913 } 10914 10915 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10916 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10917 /// optimization. 10918 /// 10919 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10920 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10921 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10922 /// use the named return value optimization. 10923 /// 10924 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10925 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10926 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10927 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10928 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10929 10930 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10931 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10932 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10933 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10934 } 10935 } 10936 } 10937 10938 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10939 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10940 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10941 return false; 10942 10943 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10944 // return type (yet). 10945 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10946 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10947 // we can still delay parsing it. 10948 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10949 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10950 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10951 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10952 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10953 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10954 } 10955 } 10956 return false; 10957 } 10958 10959 return true; 10960 } 10961 10962 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10963 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10964 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10965 // rest of the file. 10966 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10967 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10968 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10969 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10970 return false; 10971 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10972 } 10973 10974 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10975 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10976 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10977 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10978 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10979 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10980 } 10981 10982 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10983 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10984 } 10985 10986 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10987 bool IsInstantiation) { 10988 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10989 10990 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10991 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10992 10993 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 10994 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 10995 10996 if (FD) { 10997 FD->setBody(Body); 10998 10999 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 11000 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11001 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11002 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11003 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11004 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11005 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11006 << FD->getReturnType(); 11007 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11008 } else { 11009 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11010 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11011 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11012 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11013 } 11014 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11015 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11016 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11017 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11018 11019 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11020 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11021 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11022 QualType RetType = 11023 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11024 11025 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11026 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11027 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11028 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11029 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11030 } 11031 } 11032 11033 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11034 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11035 // is the first declaration. 11036 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11037 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11038 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11039 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11040 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11041 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11042 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11043 } 11044 11045 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11046 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11047 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11048 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11049 11050 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11051 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11052 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11053 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11054 11055 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11056 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11057 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11058 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 11059 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 11060 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11061 11062 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11063 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11064 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11065 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11066 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11067 11068 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11069 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11070 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11071 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11072 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11073 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11074 } 11075 11076 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11077 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11078 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11079 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11080 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11081 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11082 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11083 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11084 11085 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11086 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11087 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11088 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11089 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11090 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11091 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11092 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11093 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11094 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11095 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11096 } 11097 } 11098 } 11099 11100 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11101 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11102 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11103 MD->isVirtual() && 11104 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11105 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11106 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11107 if (FD->isInlined() && 11108 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11109 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11110 11111 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11112 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11113 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11114 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11115 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11116 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11117 } else { 11118 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11119 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11120 } 11121 } 11122 } 11123 11124 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11125 "Function parsing confused"); 11126 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11127 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11128 MD->setBody(Body); 11129 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11130 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 11131 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 11132 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11133 11134 if (Body) 11135 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11136 } 11137 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11138 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11139 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11140 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11141 } 11142 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11143 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11144 bool isDesignated = 11145 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11146 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11147 (void)isDesignated; 11148 11149 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11150 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11151 if (!IFace) 11152 return false; 11153 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11154 if (!SuperD) 11155 return false; 11156 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11157 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11158 }; 11159 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11160 // of NSObject. 11161 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11162 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11163 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11164 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11165 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11166 } 11167 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11168 } 11169 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11170 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11171 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11172 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11173 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11174 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11175 } 11176 } else { 11177 return nullptr; 11178 } 11179 11180 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11181 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11182 "handled in the block above."); 11183 11184 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11185 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11186 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11187 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11188 // Verify this. 11189 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11190 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11191 11192 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11193 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11194 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11195 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11196 11197 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11198 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11199 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11200 11201 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11202 Destructor->getParent()); 11203 } 11204 11205 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11206 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11207 // deletion in some later function. 11208 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11209 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11210 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11211 } 11212 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11213 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11214 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11215 // enabled. 11216 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11217 } 11218 11219 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11220 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11221 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11222 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11223 11224 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11225 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11226 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11227 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11228 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11229 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11230 break; 11231 } 11232 } 11233 } 11234 11235 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11236 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11237 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11238 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11239 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11240 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11241 } 11242 11243 if (!IsInstantiation) 11244 PopDeclContext(); 11245 11246 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11247 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11248 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11249 // deletion in some later function. 11250 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11251 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11252 } 11253 11254 return dcl; 11255 } 11256 11257 11258 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11259 /// relevant Decl. 11260 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11261 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11262 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11263 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11264 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11265 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11266 11267 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11268 if (Method->isStatic()) 11269 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11270 } 11271 11272 11273 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11274 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11275 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11276 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11277 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11278 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11279 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11280 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11281 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11282 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11283 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11284 return ExternCPrev; 11285 } 11286 11287 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11288 unsigned diag_id; 11289 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11290 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11291 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11292 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11293 else 11294 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11295 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11296 11297 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11298 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11299 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11300 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11301 if (S && 11302 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11303 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11304 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11305 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11306 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11307 } 11308 11309 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11310 const char *Dummy; 11311 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11312 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11313 unsigned DiagID; 11314 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11315 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11316 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11317 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11318 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11319 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11320 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11321 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11322 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11323 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11324 /*NumParams=*/0, 11325 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11326 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11327 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11328 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11329 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11330 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11331 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11332 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11333 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11334 EST_None, 11335 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11336 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11337 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11338 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11339 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11340 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11341 Loc, Loc, D), 11342 DS.getAttributes(), 11343 SourceLocation()); 11344 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11345 11346 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11347 11348 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11349 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11350 11351 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11352 FD->setImplicit(); 11353 11354 CurContext = PrevDC; 11355 11356 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11357 11358 return FD; 11359 } 11360 11361 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11362 /// the declaration of this function. 11363 /// 11364 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11365 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11366 /// like NSLog or printf. 11367 /// 11368 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11369 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11370 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11371 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11372 return; 11373 11374 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11375 // actual attributes. 11376 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11377 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11378 unsigned FormatIdx; 11379 bool HasVAListArg; 11380 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11381 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11382 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11383 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11384 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11385 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11386 fmt = "NSString"; 11387 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11388 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11389 FormatIdx+1, 11390 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11391 FD->getLocation())); 11392 } 11393 } 11394 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11395 HasVAListArg)) { 11396 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11397 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11398 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11399 FormatIdx+1, 11400 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11401 FD->getLocation())); 11402 } 11403 11404 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11405 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11406 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11407 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11408 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11409 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11410 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11411 } 11412 11413 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11414 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11415 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11416 FD->getLocation())); 11417 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11418 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11419 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11420 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11421 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 11422 Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 11423 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 11424 // Assign appropriate attribute depending on CUDA compilation 11425 // mode and the target builtin belongs to. E.g. during host 11426 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, the rest are __host__. 11427 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 11428 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 11429 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11430 else 11431 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11432 } 11433 } 11434 11435 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11436 if (!Name) 11437 return; 11438 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11439 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11440 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11441 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11442 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11443 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11444 // about. 11445 } else 11446 return; 11447 11448 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11449 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11450 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11451 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11452 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11453 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11454 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11455 FD->getLocation())); 11456 } 11457 11458 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11459 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11460 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11461 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11462 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11463 FD->getLocation())); 11464 } 11465 } 11466 11467 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11468 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11469 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11470 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11471 11472 if (!TInfo) { 11473 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11474 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11475 } 11476 11477 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11478 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11479 D.getLocStart(), 11480 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11481 D.getIdentifier(), 11482 TInfo); 11483 11484 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11485 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11486 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11487 return NewTD; 11488 } 11489 11490 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11491 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11492 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11493 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11494 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11495 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11496 else 11497 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11498 } 11499 11500 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11501 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11502 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11503 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11504 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11505 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11506 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11507 case TST_enum: 11508 case TST_struct: 11509 case TST_interface: 11510 case TST_union: 11511 case TST_class: { 11512 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11513 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11514 break; 11515 } 11516 11517 default: 11518 break; 11519 } 11520 11521 return NewTD; 11522 } 11523 11524 11525 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11526 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11527 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11528 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11529 11530 if (T->isDependentType()) 11531 return false; 11532 11533 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11534 if (BT->isInteger()) 11535 return false; 11536 11537 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11538 return true; 11539 } 11540 11541 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11542 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11543 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 11544 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11545 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11546 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11547 11548 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11549 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11550 << Prev->isScoped(); 11551 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11552 return true; 11553 } 11554 11555 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11556 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11557 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11558 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11559 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11560 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11561 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11562 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11563 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11564 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11565 return true; 11566 } 11567 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 11568 ; 11569 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 11570 ; 11571 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11572 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11573 << Prev->isFixed(); 11574 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11575 return true; 11576 } 11577 11578 return false; 11579 } 11580 11581 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11582 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11583 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11584 /// 11585 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11586 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11587 switch (Tag) { 11588 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11589 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11590 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11591 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11592 } 11593 } 11594 11595 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11596 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11597 /// 11598 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11599 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11600 { 11601 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11602 } 11603 11604 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11605 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11606 /// 11607 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11608 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11609 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11610 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11611 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11612 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11613 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11614 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11615 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11616 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11617 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11618 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11619 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11620 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11621 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11622 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11623 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11624 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11625 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11626 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11627 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11628 return true; 11629 11630 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11631 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11632 bool isTemplate = false; 11633 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11634 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11635 11636 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11637 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11638 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11639 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11640 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11641 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11642 return true; 11643 } 11644 11645 if (isDefinition) { 11646 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11647 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11648 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11649 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11650 return true; 11651 } 11652 11653 bool previousMismatch = false; 11654 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11655 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11656 if (!previousMismatch) { 11657 previousMismatch = true; 11658 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11659 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11660 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11661 } 11662 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11663 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11664 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11665 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11666 } 11667 } 11668 return true; 11669 } 11670 11671 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11672 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11673 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11674 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11675 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11676 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11677 return true; 11678 } 11679 11680 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11681 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11682 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11683 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11684 11685 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11686 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11687 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11688 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11689 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11690 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11691 } 11692 11693 return true; 11694 } 11695 return false; 11696 } 11697 11698 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11699 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11700 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11701 /// namespace N { 11702 /// struct X; 11703 /// namespace M { 11704 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11705 /// } 11706 /// } 11707 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11708 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11709 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11710 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11711 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11712 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11713 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11714 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11715 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11716 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11717 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11718 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11719 return FixItHint(); 11720 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11721 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11722 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11723 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11724 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11725 break; 11726 } 11727 11728 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11729 // build an NNS. 11730 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11731 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11732 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11733 OS << "::"; 11734 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11735 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11736 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11737 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11738 } 11739 11740 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11741 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 11742 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 11743 /// using-declaration). 11744 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 11745 DeclContext *NewDC) { 11746 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 11747 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 11748 11749 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 11750 return true; 11751 11752 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 11753 // encloses the other). 11754 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 11755 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 11756 return true; 11757 11758 return false; 11759 } 11760 11761 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11762 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11763 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11764 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11765 /// 11766 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11767 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11768 /// 11769 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 11770 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11771 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11772 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11773 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11774 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11775 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11776 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11777 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11778 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11779 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11780 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11781 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11782 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11783 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11784 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11785 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11786 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11787 11788 OwnedDecl = false; 11789 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11790 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11791 11792 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11793 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11794 bool Invalid = false; 11795 11796 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11797 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11798 // for non-C++ cases. 11799 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11800 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11801 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11802 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11803 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11804 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11805 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11806 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11807 return nullptr; 11808 } 11809 11810 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11811 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11812 // be a member of another template). 11813 11814 if (Invalid) 11815 return nullptr; 11816 11817 OwnedDecl = false; 11818 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11819 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11820 TemplateParams, AS, 11821 ModulePrivateLoc, 11822 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11823 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11824 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 11825 SkipBody); 11826 return Result.get(); 11827 } else { 11828 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11829 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11830 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11831 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11832 } 11833 } 11834 } 11835 11836 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11837 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11838 // redeclaration. 11839 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11840 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 11841 11842 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11843 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11844 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11845 // type, default to int. 11846 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11847 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11848 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11849 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11850 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11851 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11852 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11853 11854 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11855 // Recover by falling back to int. 11856 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11857 11858 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11859 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11860 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11861 11862 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 11863 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11864 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11865 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11866 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 11867 } 11868 } 11869 } 11870 11871 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11872 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11873 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11874 11875 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11876 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11877 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11878 11879 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11880 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11881 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11882 11883 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11884 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11885 Name = nullptr; 11886 goto CreateNewDecl; 11887 } 11888 11889 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11890 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11891 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11892 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11893 if (!DC) { 11894 IsDependent = true; 11895 return nullptr; 11896 } 11897 } else { 11898 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11899 if (!DC) { 11900 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11901 << SS.getRange(); 11902 return nullptr; 11903 } 11904 } 11905 11906 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11907 return nullptr; 11908 11909 SearchDC = DC; 11910 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11911 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11912 11913 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11914 return nullptr; 11915 11916 if (Previous.empty()) { 11917 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11918 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11919 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11920 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11921 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11922 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11923 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11924 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11925 IsDependent = true; 11926 return nullptr; 11927 } 11928 11929 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11930 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11931 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11932 Name = nullptr; 11933 Invalid = true; 11934 goto CreateNewDecl; 11935 } 11936 } else if (Name) { 11937 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 11938 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 11939 // name different from T: 11940 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 11941 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11942 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 11943 return nullptr; 11944 11945 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11946 // declaration or definition. 11947 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11948 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11949 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11950 LookupName(Previous, S); 11951 11952 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11953 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11954 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11955 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11956 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11957 while (F.hasNext()) { 11958 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11959 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11960 F.erase(); 11961 } 11962 F.done(); 11963 } 11964 11965 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11966 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11967 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11968 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11969 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11970 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11971 // 11972 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11973 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11974 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11975 // 11976 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11977 // semantic context? 11978 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11979 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11980 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11981 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11982 while (F.hasNext()) { 11983 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11984 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11985 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11986 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11987 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11988 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11989 else 11990 F.erase(); 11991 } 11992 } 11993 F.done(); 11994 11995 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11996 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11997 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11998 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11999 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12000 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12001 } 12002 } 12003 12004 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12005 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12006 return nullptr; 12007 12008 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12009 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12010 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12011 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12012 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12013 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12014 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12015 } 12016 } 12017 12018 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12019 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12020 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12021 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12022 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12023 Previous.clear(); 12024 } 12025 12026 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12027 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12028 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12029 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12030 12031 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 12032 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12033 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12034 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12035 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12036 } 12037 } 12038 12039 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12040 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12041 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12042 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12043 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12044 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12045 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12046 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12047 12048 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12049 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12050 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12051 // 12052 // class-key identifier 12053 // 12054 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12055 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12056 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12057 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12058 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12059 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12060 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12061 // declaration. 12062 // 12063 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12064 // C structs and unions. 12065 // 12066 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12067 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12068 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12069 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12070 // 12071 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12072 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12073 // 12074 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12075 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12076 // lexical context, 12077 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12078 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12079 12080 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12081 while (S->isClassScope() || 12082 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12083 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 12084 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 12085 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 12086 S = S->getParent(); 12087 } else { 12088 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12089 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12090 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12091 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12092 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12093 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12094 } 12095 12096 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12097 // diagnose some problems. 12098 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12099 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12100 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12101 } 12102 } 12103 12104 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12105 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12106 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12107 12108 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12109 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12110 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12111 12112 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12113 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12114 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12115 // in C++. 12116 // 12117 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12118 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12119 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12120 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12121 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12122 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12123 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12124 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12125 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12126 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12127 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12128 PrevDecl = Tag; 12129 Previous.clear(); 12130 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12131 Previous.resolveKind(); 12132 } 12133 } 12134 } 12135 } 12136 12137 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12138 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12139 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12140 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12141 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12142 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12143 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12144 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12145 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12146 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12147 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12148 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12149 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12150 << 0; 12151 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12152 Previous.clear(); 12153 goto CreateNewDecl; 12154 } 12155 } 12156 12157 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12158 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12159 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12160 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12161 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12162 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12163 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12164 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12165 // struct or something similar. 12166 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12167 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12168 Name)) { 12169 bool SafeToContinue 12170 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12171 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12172 if (SafeToContinue) 12173 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12174 << Name 12175 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12176 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12177 else 12178 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12179 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12180 12181 if (SafeToContinue) 12182 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12183 else { 12184 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12185 Name = nullptr; 12186 Previous.clear(); 12187 Invalid = true; 12188 } 12189 } 12190 12191 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12192 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12193 12194 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12195 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12196 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12197 if (ScopedEnum) 12198 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12199 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12200 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12201 return PrevTagDecl; 12202 } 12203 12204 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12205 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12206 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12207 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12208 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12209 12210 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12211 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12212 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12213 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12214 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12215 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12216 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12217 } 12218 12219 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12220 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12221 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12222 // and then later defined. 12223 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12224 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12225 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12226 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12227 } 12228 12229 if (!Invalid) { 12230 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12231 // we have attributes. 12232 12233 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 12234 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 12235 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 12236 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 12237 if (!Attr && 12238 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 12239 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 12240 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 12241 return PrevTagDecl; 12242 12243 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12244 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12245 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12246 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12247 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12248 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12249 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12250 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12251 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12252 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12253 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12254 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12255 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12256 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12257 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12258 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12259 } 12260 12261 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12262 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12263 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12264 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12265 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12266 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12267 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12268 // use it in place of this one. 12269 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12270 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12271 return Def; 12272 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12273 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12274 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12275 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12276 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12277 else 12278 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12279 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12280 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12281 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12282 // references get the previous definition. 12283 Name = nullptr; 12284 Previous.clear(); 12285 Invalid = true; 12286 } 12287 } else { 12288 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12289 // about a nested redefinition. 12290 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12291 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12292 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12293 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12294 diag::note_previous_definition); 12295 Name = nullptr; 12296 Previous.clear(); 12297 Invalid = true; 12298 } 12299 } 12300 12301 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12302 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12303 } 12304 12305 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12306 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12307 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12308 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12309 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12310 AS = AS_none; 12311 } 12312 } 12313 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12314 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12315 12316 } else { 12317 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12318 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12319 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12320 // have distinct types. 12321 Previous.clear(); 12322 } 12323 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12324 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12325 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12326 12327 12328 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12329 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12330 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12331 } else { 12332 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12333 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12334 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12335 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12336 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12337 unsigned Kind = 0; 12338 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12339 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12340 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12341 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12342 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12343 Invalid = true; 12344 12345 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12346 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12347 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12348 // do nothing 12349 12350 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12351 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12352 unsigned Kind = 0; 12353 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12354 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12355 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12356 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12357 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12358 Invalid = true; 12359 12360 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12361 // case here. 12362 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12363 unsigned Kind = 0; 12364 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12365 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12366 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12367 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12368 Invalid = true; 12369 12370 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12371 } else { 12372 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12373 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12374 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12375 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12376 Name = nullptr; 12377 Invalid = true; 12378 } 12379 12380 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12381 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12382 Previous.clear(); 12383 } 12384 } 12385 12386 CreateNewDecl: 12387 12388 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12389 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12390 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12391 12392 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12393 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12394 // keyword. 12395 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12396 12397 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12398 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12399 // PrevDecl. 12400 TagDecl *New; 12401 12402 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12403 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12404 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12405 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12406 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12407 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12408 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12409 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12410 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12411 TagDecl *Def; 12412 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12413 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12414 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12415 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12416 } 12417 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12418 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12419 << New; 12420 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12421 } else { 12422 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12423 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12424 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12425 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12426 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12427 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12428 12429 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12430 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12431 // the declaration context. 12432 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12433 IsForwardReference = true; 12434 } 12435 } 12436 12437 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12438 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12439 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12440 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12441 else 12442 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12443 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12444 } 12445 12446 } else { 12447 // struct/union/class 12448 12449 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12450 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12451 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12452 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12453 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12454 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12455 12456 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12457 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12458 } else 12459 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12460 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12461 } 12462 12463 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12464 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12465 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12466 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12467 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12468 Invalid = true; 12469 } 12470 12471 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12472 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12473 if (SS.isSet()) { 12474 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12475 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12476 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12477 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12478 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12479 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12480 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12481 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12482 Invalid = true; 12483 12484 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12485 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12486 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12487 } 12488 } 12489 else 12490 Invalid = true; 12491 } 12492 12493 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12494 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12495 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12496 // 12497 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12498 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12499 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12500 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12501 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12502 // parsing of the struct). 12503 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12504 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12505 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12506 } 12507 } 12508 12509 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12510 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12511 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12512 << 2 12513 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12514 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12515 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12516 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12517 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12518 New->setModulePrivate(); 12519 } 12520 12521 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12522 // check the specialization. 12523 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12524 Invalid = true; 12525 12526 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12527 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12528 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12529 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12530 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12531 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12532 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12533 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12534 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12535 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12536 << Name; 12537 Invalid = true; 12538 } 12539 } else { 12540 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12541 } 12542 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12543 } 12544 12545 if (Invalid) 12546 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12547 12548 if (Attr) 12549 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12550 12551 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12552 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12553 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12554 12555 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12556 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12557 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12558 // the tag name visible. 12559 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12560 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12561 12562 // Set the access specifier. 12563 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12564 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12565 12566 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12567 New->startDefinition(); 12568 12569 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12570 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12571 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12572 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12573 if (PrevDecl) 12574 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12575 12576 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12577 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12578 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12579 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12580 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12581 } else if (Name) { 12582 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12583 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12584 if (IsForwardReference) 12585 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12586 12587 } else { 12588 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12589 } 12590 12591 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12592 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12593 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12594 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12595 II->isStr("FILE")) 12596 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12597 12598 if (PrevDecl) 12599 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12600 12601 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12602 // record. 12603 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12604 12605 OwnedDecl = true; 12606 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12607 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12608 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12609 } 12610 12611 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12612 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12613 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12614 12615 // Enter the tag context. 12616 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12617 12618 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12619 12620 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12621 // record. 12622 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12623 } 12624 12625 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12626 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12627 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12628 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12629 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12630 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12631 CurContext = OCD; 12632 return IDecl; 12633 } 12634 12635 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12636 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12637 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12638 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12639 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12640 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12641 12642 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12643 12644 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12645 return; 12646 12647 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12648 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12649 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12650 12651 // C++ [class]p2: 12652 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12653 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12654 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12655 // as if it were a public member name. 12656 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12657 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12658 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12659 Record->getIdentifier(), 12660 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12661 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12662 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12663 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12664 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12665 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12666 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12667 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12668 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12669 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12670 } 12671 12672 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12673 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12674 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12675 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12676 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12677 12678 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12679 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12680 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12681 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12682 RD->completeDefinition(); 12683 } 12684 12685 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12686 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12687 12688 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12689 PopDeclContext(); 12690 12691 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12692 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12693 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12694 12695 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12696 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12697 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12698 } 12699 12700 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12701 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12702 PopDeclContext(); 12703 } 12704 12705 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12706 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12707 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12708 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12709 } 12710 12711 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12712 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12713 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12714 } 12715 12716 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12717 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12718 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12719 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12720 12721 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12722 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12723 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12724 RD->completeDefinition(); 12725 } 12726 12727 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12728 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12729 // the FieldCollector. 12730 12731 PopDeclContext(); 12732 } 12733 12734 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12735 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12736 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12737 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12738 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12739 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12740 if (ZeroWidth) 12741 *ZeroWidth = true; 12742 12743 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12744 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12745 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12746 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12747 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12748 return ExprError(); 12749 if (FieldName) 12750 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12751 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12752 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12753 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12754 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12755 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12756 return ExprError(); 12757 12758 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12759 // it now. 12760 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12761 return BitWidth; 12762 12763 llvm::APSInt Value; 12764 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12765 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12766 return ICE; 12767 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12768 12769 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12770 *ZeroWidth = false; 12771 12772 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12773 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12774 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12775 12776 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12777 if (FieldName) 12778 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12779 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12780 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12781 << Value.toString(10); 12782 } 12783 12784 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12785 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12786 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 12787 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 12788 12789 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 12790 // ABI. 12791 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 12792 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 12793 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 12794 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 12795 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 12796 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 12797 unsigned DiagWidth = 12798 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 12799 if (FieldName) 12800 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12801 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12802 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 12803 12804 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12805 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 12806 << DiagWidth; 12807 } 12808 12809 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 12810 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 12811 // 'bool'. 12812 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 12813 if (FieldName) 12814 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12815 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12816 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 12817 else 12818 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12819 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 12820 } 12821 } 12822 12823 return BitWidth; 12824 } 12825 12826 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12827 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12828 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12829 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12830 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12831 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12832 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12833 return Res; 12834 } 12835 12836 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12837 /// 12838 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12839 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12840 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12841 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12842 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12843 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12844 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12845 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12846 12847 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12848 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12849 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12850 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12851 12852 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12853 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12854 D.setInvalidType(); 12855 T = Context.IntTy; 12856 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12857 } 12858 } 12859 12860 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12861 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12862 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12863 D.setInvalidType(); 12864 } 12865 12866 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12867 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12868 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12869 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12870 D.setInvalidType(); 12871 } 12872 12873 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12874 12875 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12876 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12877 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12878 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12879 12880 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12881 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12882 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12883 LookupName(Previous, S); 12884 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12885 case LookupResult::Found: 12886 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12887 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12888 break; 12889 12890 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12891 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12892 break; 12893 12894 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12895 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12896 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12897 break; 12898 } 12899 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12900 12901 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12902 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12903 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12904 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12905 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12906 } 12907 12908 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12909 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12910 12911 bool Mutable 12912 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12913 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12914 FieldDecl *NewFD 12915 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12916 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12917 12918 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12919 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12920 12921 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12922 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12923 12924 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12925 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12926 // with the same name in the same scope. 12927 } else if (II) { 12928 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12929 } else 12930 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12931 12932 return NewFD; 12933 } 12934 12935 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12936 /// 12937 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12938 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12939 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12940 /// created. 12941 /// 12942 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12943 /// 12944 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12945 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12946 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12947 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12948 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12949 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12950 SourceLocation TSSL, 12951 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12952 Declarator *D) { 12953 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12954 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12955 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12956 12957 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12958 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12959 if (T.isNull()) { 12960 InvalidDecl = true; 12961 T = Context.IntTy; 12962 } 12963 12964 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12965 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12966 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12967 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12968 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12969 InvalidDecl = true; 12970 } else { 12971 NamedDecl *Def; 12972 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12973 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12974 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12975 InvalidDecl = true; 12976 } 12977 } 12978 } 12979 12980 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12981 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12982 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12983 InvalidDecl = true; 12984 } 12985 12986 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12987 // than a variably modified type. 12988 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12989 bool SizeIsNegative; 12990 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12991 12992 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12993 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12994 SizeIsNegative, 12995 Oversized); 12996 if (FixedTInfo) { 12997 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12998 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12999 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13000 } else { 13001 if (SizeIsNegative) 13002 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13003 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13004 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13005 << Oversized.toString(10); 13006 else 13007 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13008 InvalidDecl = true; 13009 } 13010 } 13011 13012 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13013 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13014 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13015 AbstractFieldType)) 13016 InvalidDecl = true; 13017 13018 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13019 if (InvalidDecl) 13020 BitWidth = nullptr; 13021 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13022 if (BitWidth) { 13023 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13024 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13025 if (!BitWidth) { 13026 InvalidDecl = true; 13027 BitWidth = nullptr; 13028 ZeroWidth = false; 13029 } 13030 } 13031 13032 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13033 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13034 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13035 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13036 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13037 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13038 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13039 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13040 13041 if (DiagID) { 13042 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13043 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13044 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13045 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13046 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13047 Mutable = false; 13048 InvalidDecl = true; 13049 } 13050 } 13051 } 13052 13053 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13054 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13055 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13056 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13057 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13058 13059 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13060 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13061 if (InvalidDecl) 13062 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13063 13064 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13065 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13066 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13067 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13068 } 13069 13070 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13071 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13072 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13073 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13074 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13075 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13076 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13077 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13078 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13079 // objects. 13080 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13081 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13082 } 13083 } 13084 13085 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13086 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13087 // enabled. 13088 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13089 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13090 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13091 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13092 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13093 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13094 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13095 } 13096 } 13097 } 13098 13099 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13100 // representation, not a parser representation. 13101 if (D) { 13102 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13103 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13104 13105 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13106 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13107 } 13108 13109 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13110 // retainable type. 13111 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13112 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13113 13114 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13115 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13116 13117 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13118 return NewFD; 13119 } 13120 13121 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13122 assert(FD); 13123 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13124 13125 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13126 return false; 13127 13128 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13129 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13130 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13131 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13132 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13133 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13134 // copy constructors. 13135 13136 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13137 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13138 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13139 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13140 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13141 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13142 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13143 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13144 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13145 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13146 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13147 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13148 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13149 member = CXXDestructor; 13150 13151 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13152 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13153 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13154 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13155 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13156 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13157 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13158 // members unavailable. 13159 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13160 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13161 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13162 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13163 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13164 return false; 13165 } 13166 } 13167 13168 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13169 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13170 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13171 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13172 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13173 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13174 } 13175 } 13176 } 13177 13178 return false; 13179 } 13180 13181 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13182 /// AST enum value. 13183 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13184 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13185 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13186 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13187 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13188 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13189 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13190 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13191 } 13192 } 13193 13194 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13195 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13196 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13197 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13198 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13199 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13200 13201 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13202 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13203 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13204 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13205 13206 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13207 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13208 13209 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13210 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13211 13212 if (BitWidth) { 13213 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13214 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13215 if (!BitWidth) 13216 D.setInvalidType(); 13217 } else { 13218 // Not a bitfield. 13219 13220 // validate II. 13221 13222 } 13223 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13224 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13225 D.setInvalidType(); 13226 } 13227 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13228 // than a variably modified type. 13229 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13230 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13231 D.setInvalidType(); 13232 } 13233 13234 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13235 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13236 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13237 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13238 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13239 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13240 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13241 return nullptr; 13242 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13243 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13244 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13245 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13246 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13247 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13248 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13249 } 13250 else 13251 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13252 } else { 13253 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13254 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13255 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13256 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13257 return nullptr; 13258 } 13259 } 13260 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13261 } 13262 13263 // Construct the decl. 13264 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13265 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13266 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13267 13268 if (II) { 13269 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13270 ForRedeclaration); 13271 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13272 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13273 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13274 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13275 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13276 } 13277 } 13278 13279 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13280 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13281 13282 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13283 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13284 13285 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13286 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13287 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13288 13289 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13290 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13291 13292 if (II) { 13293 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13294 // these to the interface. 13295 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13296 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13297 } 13298 13299 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13300 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13301 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13302 13303 return NewID; 13304 } 13305 13306 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13307 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13308 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13309 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13310 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13311 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13312 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13313 return; 13314 13315 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13316 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13317 13318 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13319 return; 13320 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13321 if (!ID) { 13322 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13323 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13324 return; 13325 } 13326 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13327 else 13328 return; 13329 } 13330 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13331 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13332 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13333 13334 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13335 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13336 Context.CharTy, 13337 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13338 DeclLoc), 13339 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13340 true); 13341 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13342 } 13343 13344 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13345 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13346 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13347 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13348 13349 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13350 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13351 // it will now change. 13352 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13353 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13354 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13355 default: break; 13356 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13357 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13358 break; 13359 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13360 Context. 13361 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13362 break; 13363 } 13364 } 13365 13366 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13367 13368 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13369 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13370 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13371 if (Record) { 13372 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13373 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13374 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13375 ++NumNamedMembers; 13376 } 13377 } 13378 13379 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13380 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13381 13382 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13383 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13384 i != end; ++i) { 13385 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13386 13387 // Get the type for the field. 13388 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13389 13390 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13391 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13392 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13393 } 13394 13395 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13396 // diagnostics about it. 13397 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13398 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13399 continue; 13400 } 13401 13402 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13403 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13404 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13405 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13406 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13407 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13408 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13409 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13410 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13411 // array. 13412 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13413 // Field declared as a function. 13414 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13415 << FD->getDeclName(); 13416 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13417 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13418 continue; 13419 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13420 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13421 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13422 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13423 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13424 // Flexible array member. 13425 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13426 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13427 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13428 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13429 if (Record->isUnion()) 13430 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13431 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13432 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13433 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13434 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13435 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13436 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13437 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13438 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13439 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13440 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13441 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13442 : 0; 13443 13444 if (DiagID) 13445 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13446 << Record->getTagKind(); 13447 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13448 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13449 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13450 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13451 // of the type. 13452 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13453 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13454 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13455 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13456 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13457 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13458 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13459 13460 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13461 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13462 // 13463 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13464 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13465 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13466 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13467 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13468 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13469 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13470 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13471 continue; 13472 } 13473 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13474 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13475 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13476 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13477 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13478 // Incomplete type 13479 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13480 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13481 continue; 13482 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13483 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13484 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13485 // flexible array member. 13486 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13487 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13488 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13489 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13490 // structures. 13491 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13492 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13493 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13494 else { 13495 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13496 // other structs as an extension. 13497 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13498 << FD->getDeclName(); 13499 } 13500 } 13501 } 13502 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13503 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13504 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13505 AbstractIvarType)) { 13506 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13507 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13508 } 13509 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13510 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13511 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13512 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13513 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13514 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13515 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13516 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13517 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13518 FD->setType(T); 13519 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13520 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13521 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13522 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13523 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13524 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13525 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13526 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13527 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13528 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13529 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13530 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13531 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13532 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13533 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 13534 } 13535 } else { 13536 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13537 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13538 } 13539 ARCErrReported = true; 13540 } 13541 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13542 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13543 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13544 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13545 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13546 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13547 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13548 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13549 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13550 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13551 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13552 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13553 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13554 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13555 } 13556 } 13557 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13558 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13559 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13560 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13561 ++NumNamedMembers; 13562 } 13563 13564 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13565 if (Record) { 13566 bool Completed = false; 13567 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13568 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13569 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13570 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13571 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13572 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13573 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13574 13575 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13576 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13577 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13578 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13579 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13580 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13581 } 13582 13583 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13584 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13585 13586 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13587 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13588 // problem now. 13589 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13590 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13591 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13592 13593 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13594 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13595 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13596 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13597 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13598 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13599 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13600 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13601 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13602 continue; 13603 13604 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13605 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13606 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13607 // program is ill-formed. 13608 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13609 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13610 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13611 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13612 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13613 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13614 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13615 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13616 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13617 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13618 13619 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13620 } 13621 } 13622 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13623 Completed = true; 13624 } 13625 } 13626 } 13627 } 13628 13629 if (!Completed) 13630 Record->completeDefinition(); 13631 13632 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13633 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13634 13635 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13636 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13637 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13638 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13639 } 13640 13641 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13642 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13643 // compatibility problems. 13644 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13645 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13646 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13647 } else { 13648 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13649 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13650 CheckForZeroSize = 13651 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13652 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13653 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13654 } 13655 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13656 bool ZeroSize = true; 13657 bool IsEmpty = true; 13658 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13659 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13660 E = Record->field_end(); 13661 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13662 IsEmpty = false; 13663 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13664 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13665 ZeroSize = false; 13666 } else { 13667 ++NonBitFields; 13668 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13669 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13670 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13671 ZeroSize = false; 13672 } 13673 } 13674 13675 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13676 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13677 // extern "C" block. 13678 if (ZeroSize) { 13679 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13680 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13681 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13682 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13683 } 13684 13685 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13686 // but are accepted by GCC. 13687 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13688 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13689 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13690 << Record->isUnion(); 13691 } 13692 } 13693 } else { 13694 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13695 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13696 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13697 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13698 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13699 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13700 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13701 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13702 } 13703 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13704 // duplicates. 13705 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13706 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13707 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13708 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13709 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13710 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13711 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13712 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13713 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13714 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13715 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13716 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13717 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13718 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13719 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13720 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13721 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13722 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13723 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13724 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13725 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13726 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13727 if (IDecl) { 13728 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13729 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13730 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13731 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13732 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13733 continue; 13734 } 13735 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13736 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13737 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13738 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13739 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13740 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13741 continue; 13742 } 13743 } 13744 } 13745 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13746 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13747 } 13748 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13749 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13750 } 13751 } 13752 13753 if (Attr) 13754 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13755 } 13756 13757 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13758 /// the given type T. 13759 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13760 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13761 QualType T) { 13762 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13763 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13764 13765 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13766 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13767 --BitWidth; 13768 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13769 } 13770 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13771 } 13772 13773 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13774 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13775 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13776 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13777 // enum checking below. 13778 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13779 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13780 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13781 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13782 }; 13783 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13784 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13785 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13786 }; 13787 13788 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13789 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13790 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13791 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13792 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13793 return Types[I]; 13794 13795 return QualType(); 13796 } 13797 13798 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13799 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13800 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13801 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13802 Expr *Val) { 13803 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13804 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13805 QualType EltTy; 13806 13807 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13808 Val = nullptr; 13809 13810 if (Val) 13811 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13812 13813 if (Val) { 13814 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13815 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13816 else { 13817 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13818 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13819 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13820 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13821 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13822 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13823 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13824 ExprResult Converted = 13825 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13826 CCEK_Enumerator); 13827 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13828 Val = nullptr; 13829 else 13830 Val = Converted.get(); 13831 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13832 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13833 &EnumVal).get())) { 13834 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13835 } else { 13836 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13837 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13838 13839 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13840 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13841 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13842 // expression checking. 13843 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13844 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13845 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13846 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13847 } else 13848 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13849 } else 13850 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13851 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13852 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13853 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13854 // is the type of its initializing value: 13855 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13856 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13857 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13858 } else { 13859 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13860 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13861 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13862 // representable as an int. 13863 13864 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13865 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13866 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13867 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13868 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13869 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13870 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13871 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13872 } 13873 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13874 } 13875 } 13876 } 13877 } 13878 13879 if (!Val) { 13880 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13881 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13882 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13883 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13884 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13885 // is the type of its initializing value: 13886 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13887 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13888 // 13889 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13890 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13891 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13892 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13893 } 13894 else { 13895 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13896 } 13897 } else { 13898 // Assign the last value + 1. 13899 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13900 ++EnumVal; 13901 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13902 13903 // Check for overflow on increment. 13904 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13905 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13906 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13907 // is the type of its initializing value: 13908 // 13909 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13910 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13911 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13912 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13913 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13914 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13915 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13916 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13917 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13918 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13919 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13920 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13921 ++EnumVal; 13922 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13923 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13924 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13925 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13926 << EltTy; 13927 else 13928 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13929 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13930 } else { 13931 EltTy = T; 13932 } 13933 13934 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13935 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13936 // value, then increment. 13937 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13938 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13939 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13940 ++EnumVal; 13941 13942 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13943 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13944 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13945 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13946 // integral type. 13947 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13948 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13949 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13950 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13951 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13952 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13953 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13954 } 13955 } 13956 } 13957 13958 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13959 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13960 // enumerator's type. 13961 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13962 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13963 } 13964 13965 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13966 Val, EnumVal); 13967 } 13968 13969 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 13970 SourceLocation IILoc) { 13971 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 13972 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13973 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13974 13975 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 13976 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 13977 // skip the body. 13978 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13979 ForRedeclaration); 13980 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 13981 if (!PrevECD) 13982 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13983 13984 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 13985 NamedDecl *Hidden; 13986 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 13987 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 13988 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 13989 return Skip; 13990 } 13991 13992 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13993 } 13994 13995 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13996 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13997 AttributeList *Attr, 13998 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13999 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14000 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14001 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14002 14003 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14004 // we find one that is. 14005 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14006 14007 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14008 // scope. 14009 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14010 ForRedeclaration); 14011 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14012 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14013 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14014 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14015 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14016 } 14017 14018 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14019 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14020 // different from T: 14021 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14022 // enumerated type 14023 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14024 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14025 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14026 14027 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14028 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14029 if (!New) 14030 return nullptr; 14031 14032 if (PrevDecl) { 14033 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14034 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14035 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14036 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14037 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14038 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14039 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14040 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14041 else 14042 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14043 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14044 return nullptr; 14045 } 14046 } 14047 14048 // Process attributes. 14049 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14050 14051 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14052 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14053 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14054 14055 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14056 14057 return New; 14058 } 14059 14060 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14061 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14062 // Element2 = Element1 14063 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14064 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14065 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14066 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14067 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14068 if (!InitExpr) 14069 return true; 14070 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14071 14072 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14073 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14074 return true; 14075 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14076 if (!IL) 14077 return true; 14078 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14079 return true; 14080 14081 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14082 } 14083 14084 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14085 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14086 if (!DRE) 14087 return true; 14088 14089 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14090 if (!EnumConstant) 14091 return true; 14092 14093 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14094 Enum) 14095 return true; 14096 14097 return false; 14098 } 14099 14100 namespace { 14101 struct DupKey { 14102 int64_t val; 14103 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14104 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14105 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14106 }; 14107 14108 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14109 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14110 false); 14111 } 14112 14113 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14114 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14115 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14116 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14117 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14118 } 14119 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14120 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14121 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14122 } 14123 }; 14124 } // end anonymous namespace 14125 14126 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14127 // a previous element has already been set to. 14128 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14129 EnumDecl *Enum, 14130 QualType EnumType) { 14131 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14132 return; 14133 // Avoid anonymous enums 14134 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14135 return; 14136 14137 // Only check for small enums. 14138 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14139 return; 14140 14141 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14142 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14143 14144 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14145 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14146 ValueToVectorMap; 14147 14148 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14149 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14150 14151 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14152 // an initialier. 14153 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14154 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14155 14156 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14157 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14158 if (!ECD) { 14159 return; 14160 } 14161 14162 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14163 continue; 14164 14165 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14166 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14167 14168 // First time encountering this value. 14169 if (Entry.isNull()) 14170 Entry = ECD; 14171 } 14172 14173 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14174 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14175 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14176 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14177 continue; 14178 14179 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14180 14181 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14182 if (Entry.isNull()) 14183 continue; 14184 14185 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14186 // Ensure constants are different. 14187 if (D == ECD) 14188 continue; 14189 14190 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14191 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14192 Vec->push_back(D); 14193 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14194 14195 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14196 Entry = Vec; 14197 14198 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14199 // diagnostics. 14200 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14201 continue; 14202 } 14203 14204 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14205 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14206 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14207 continue; 14208 14209 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14210 } 14211 14212 // Emit diagnostics. 14213 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14214 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14215 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14216 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14217 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14218 14219 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14220 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14221 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14222 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14223 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14224 ++I; 14225 14226 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14227 // the same value. 14228 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14229 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14230 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14231 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14232 delete Vec; 14233 } 14234 } 14235 14236 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14237 bool AllowMask) const { 14238 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14239 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14240 14241 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14242 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14243 14244 if (R.second) { 14245 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14246 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14247 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14248 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14249 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14250 } 14251 } 14252 14253 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14254 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14255 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14256 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14257 // 14258 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14259 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14260 // likely a logic error. 14261 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14262 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14263 } 14264 14265 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14266 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14267 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14268 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14269 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14270 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14271 14272 if (Attr) 14273 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14274 14275 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14276 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14277 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14278 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14279 if (!ECD) continue; 14280 14281 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14282 } 14283 14284 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14285 return; 14286 } 14287 14288 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14289 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14290 // emit a warning. 14291 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14292 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14293 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14294 14295 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14296 // reverse the list. 14297 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14298 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14299 14300 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14301 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14302 14303 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14304 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14305 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14306 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14307 14308 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14309 14310 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14311 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14312 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14313 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14314 else 14315 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14316 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14317 14318 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14319 if (AllElementsInt) 14320 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14321 } 14322 14323 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14324 QualType BestType; 14325 unsigned BestWidth; 14326 14327 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14328 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14329 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14330 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14331 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14332 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14333 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14334 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14335 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14336 QualType BestPromotionType; 14337 14338 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14339 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14340 // enum definitions. 14341 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14342 Packed = true; 14343 14344 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14345 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14346 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14347 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14348 else 14349 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14350 14351 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14352 } 14353 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14354 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14355 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14356 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14357 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14358 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14359 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14360 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14361 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14362 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14363 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14364 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14365 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14366 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14367 } else { 14368 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14369 14370 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14371 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14372 } else { 14373 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14374 14375 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14376 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14377 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14378 } 14379 } 14380 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14381 } else { 14382 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14383 // all of the enumerator values. 14384 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14385 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14386 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14387 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14388 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14389 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14390 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14391 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14392 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14393 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14394 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14395 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14396 BestPromotionType 14397 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14398 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14399 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14400 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14401 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14402 BestPromotionType 14403 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14404 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14405 } else { 14406 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14407 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14408 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14409 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14410 BestPromotionType 14411 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14412 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14413 } 14414 } 14415 14416 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14417 // the type of the enum if needed. 14418 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14419 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14420 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14421 14422 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14423 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14424 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14425 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14426 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14427 14428 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14429 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14430 14431 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14432 // the enum decl type. 14433 QualType NewTy; 14434 unsigned NewWidth; 14435 bool NewSign; 14436 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14437 !Enum->isFixed() && 14438 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14439 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14440 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14441 NewSign = true; 14442 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14443 // Already the right type! 14444 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14445 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14446 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14447 // enumeration. 14448 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14449 continue; 14450 } else { 14451 NewTy = BestType; 14452 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14453 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14454 } 14455 14456 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14457 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14458 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14459 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14460 14461 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14462 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14463 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14464 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14465 CK_IntegralCast, 14466 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14467 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14468 VK_RValue)); 14469 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14470 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14471 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14472 // enumeration. 14473 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14474 else 14475 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14476 } 14477 14478 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14479 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14480 14481 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14482 14483 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 14484 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14485 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14486 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14487 14488 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14489 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 14490 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14491 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14492 << ECD << Enum; 14493 } 14494 } 14495 14496 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14497 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14498 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14499 } 14500 14501 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14502 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14503 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14504 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14505 14506 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14507 AsmString, StartLoc, 14508 EndLoc); 14509 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14510 return New; 14511 } 14512 14513 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14514 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 14515 bool FromInclude = false) { 14516 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 14517 14518 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14519 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14520 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14521 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 14522 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 14523 break; 14524 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14525 break; 14526 } 14527 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14528 } 14529 14530 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14531 DC = DC->getParent(); 14532 14533 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14534 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 14535 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 14536 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 14537 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14538 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14539 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 14540 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 14541 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 14542 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14543 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14544 } 14545 } 14546 14547 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 14548 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14549 } 14550 14551 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14552 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14553 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14554 Module *Mod = 14555 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14556 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14557 if (!Mod) 14558 return true; 14559 14560 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14561 14562 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14563 14564 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14565 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14566 // silently ignoring the import. 14567 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14568 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 14569 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14570 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 14571 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14572 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 14573 14574 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14575 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14576 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14577 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14578 // We need the length to be consistent. 14579 if (!ModCheck) 14580 break; 14581 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14582 14583 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14584 } 14585 14586 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14587 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14588 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14589 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14590 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14591 return Import; 14592 } 14593 14594 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14595 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 14596 14597 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14598 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14599 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14600 // 14601 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14602 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14603 TUKind == TU_Module && 14604 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14605 14606 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14607 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14608 if (!IsInModuleIncludes) { 14609 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14610 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14611 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14612 DirectiveLoc); 14613 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14614 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14615 } 14616 14617 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14618 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14619 } 14620 14621 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14622 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14623 14624 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14625 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14626 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14627 } 14628 14629 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14630 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14631 14632 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14633 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14634 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14635 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14636 } 14637 } 14638 14639 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14640 Module *Mod) { 14641 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14642 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14643 return; 14644 14645 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14646 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14647 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14648 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14649 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14650 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14651 14652 // Make the module visible. 14653 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14654 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14655 } 14656 14657 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14658 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14659 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14660 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14661 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14662 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14663 LookupOrdinaryName); 14664 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14665 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14666 14667 // If a declaration that: 14668 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14669 // 2) has external linkage 14670 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14671 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14672 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 14673 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14674 else 14675 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 14676 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 14677 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14678 } else 14679 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14680 } 14681 14682 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14683 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14684 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14685 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14686 14687 if (PrevDecl) { 14688 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14689 } else { 14690 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14691 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14692 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14693 } 14694 } 14695 14696 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14697 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14698 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14699 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14700 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14701 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14702 LookupOrdinaryName); 14703 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14704 14705 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14706 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14707 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14708 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14709 } else { 14710 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14711 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14712 } 14713 } 14714 14715 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14716 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14717 } 14718 14719 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14720 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14721 if (!D) 14722 return AR_Available; 14723 14724 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14725 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14726 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14727 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14728 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14729 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14730 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14731 if (R != AR_Available) 14732 return R; 14733 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14734 } 14735 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14736 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14737 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14738 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14739 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14740 } 14741 // Recover from user error. 14742 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14743 } 14744